20090425
[MacVim/KaoriYa.git] / src / syntax.c
blobbacfd7580360a99111ba036dc2f3ce3d1f0fc540
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
14 #include "vim.h"
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
21 struct hl_group
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
25 /* for normal terminals */
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
30 /* for color terminals */
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
37 /* for when using the GUI */
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
43 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */
44 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */
45 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
46 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
47 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
48 #endif
49 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
50 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
51 #endif
52 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
53 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
54 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
55 scid_T sg_scriptID; /* script in which the group was last set */
56 #endif
59 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
60 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
61 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
62 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
64 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
66 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
68 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
69 /* Flags to indicate an additional string for highlight name completion. */
70 static int include_none = 0; /* when 1 include "None" */
71 static int include_default = 0; /* when 1 include "default" */
72 static int include_link = 0; /* when 2 include "link" and "clear" */
73 #endif
76 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
77 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
79 static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
80 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl",
81 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
82 static int hl_attr_table[] =
83 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
85 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
86 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
87 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
88 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
89 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
90 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
91 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
92 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
93 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
95 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
96 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
97 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
98 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
99 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
100 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
101 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
102 # endif
103 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
104 #endif
107 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
109 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
111 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
113 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
115 /* different types of offsets that are possible */
116 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
117 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
118 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
119 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
120 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
121 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
122 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
123 #define SPO_COUNT 7
125 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
126 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
129 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
130 * A match item consists of one pattern.
131 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
132 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
133 * end patterns.
134 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
136 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
137 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
139 typedef struct syn_pattern
141 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
142 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
143 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
144 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
145 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
146 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
147 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
148 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
149 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
150 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
151 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
152 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
153 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
154 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
155 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
156 } synpat_T;
158 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
159 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
160 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
161 * When both are present, only one is used.
164 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
165 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
166 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
167 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
169 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
170 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
171 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
172 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
173 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
174 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
175 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
176 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
177 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
178 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
179 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
180 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
181 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
182 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
183 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
184 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
185 * si_flags and bs_flags. */
186 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
187 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
189 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
191 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
194 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
196 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
197 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
199 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
201 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
204 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
206 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
207 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
208 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
209 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */
210 #endif
212 typedef struct syn_cluster_S
214 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
215 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
216 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
217 } syn_cluster_T;
220 * Methods of combining two clusters
222 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
223 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
224 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
226 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
229 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
230 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
231 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
232 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
233 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
234 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
236 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
237 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
238 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
239 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
242 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
243 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
244 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
246 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
249 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
250 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
251 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
253 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
254 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
257 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
258 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
259 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
260 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
261 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
263 static keyentry_T dumkey;
264 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword)
265 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
266 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)
269 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
270 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
271 * "keepend" on the stack.
273 static int keepend_level = -1;
276 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
277 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
278 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
280 typedef struct state_item
282 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern or
283 KEYWORD_IDX */
284 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
285 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */
286 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
287 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
288 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
289 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
290 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
291 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
292 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
293 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
294 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
295 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
296 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
297 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
298 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
299 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
300 * pattern */
301 } stateitem_T;
303 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
304 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
305 but contained groups */
308 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
309 * very often.
311 typedef struct
313 int flags; /* flags for contained and transparent */
314 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
315 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
316 if not allowed */
317 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
318 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */
319 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
320 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
321 } syn_opt_arg_T;
324 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
325 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
326 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
327 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
328 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
330 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
331 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
332 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
333 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
334 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
335 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
336 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
337 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
338 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
339 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
342 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
343 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
345 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
346 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
349 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
350 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
352 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
353 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
354 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
355 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
356 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
357 * after setting current_finished */
358 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
359 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
360 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
361 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
362 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
363 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
365 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
367 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
368 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
369 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
370 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
371 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
372 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
373 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
374 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
375 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((void));
376 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
377 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
378 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
379 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
380 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
381 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell, int keep_state));
382 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
383 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
384 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
385 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
386 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
387 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
388 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
389 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
390 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
391 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
393 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
394 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
395 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
397 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
398 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
399 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
400 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
401 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
402 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
403 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
404 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
405 static void syn_cmd_spell __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
406 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
407 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
408 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
409 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
410 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
411 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
412 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
413 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
414 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
415 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
416 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
417 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
418 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
419 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
420 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
421 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
422 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
423 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
424 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
425 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
426 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
427 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
428 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
429 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
430 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt));
431 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
432 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
433 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
434 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
435 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
436 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
437 #else
438 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
439 #endif
440 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
441 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
442 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
443 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
444 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
445 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
446 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
447 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
448 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
449 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
450 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
453 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
454 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
455 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
456 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
457 * window.
459 void
460 syntax_start(wp, lnum)
461 win_T *wp;
462 linenr_T lnum;
464 synstate_T *p;
465 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
466 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
467 synstate_T *sp, *prev = NULL;
468 linenr_T parsed_lnum;
469 linenr_T first_stored;
470 int dist;
471 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */
474 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
475 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
476 * then.
478 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
480 invalidate_current_state();
481 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
483 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
484 syn_win = wp;
487 * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
489 syn_stack_alloc();
490 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
491 return; /* out of memory */
492 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
495 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
497 if (VALID_STATE(&current_state)
498 && current_lnum < lnum
499 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
501 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
502 if (!current_state_stored)
504 ++current_lnum;
505 (void)store_current_state();
509 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
510 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
511 * current_state and figure it out below.
513 if (current_lnum != lnum)
514 invalidate_current_state();
516 else
517 invalidate_current_state();
520 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
521 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
523 if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
525 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
526 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
528 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
529 break;
530 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
532 last_valid = p;
533 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
534 last_min_valid = p;
537 if (last_min_valid != NULL)
538 load_current_state(last_min_valid);
542 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
543 * re-synchronize.
545 if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state))
547 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
548 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
550 else
551 first_stored = current_lnum;
554 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
555 * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
557 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
558 dist = 999999;
559 else
560 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
561 while (current_lnum < lnum)
563 syn_start_line();
564 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
565 ++current_lnum;
567 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
568 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
569 if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
571 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
572 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
573 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
574 if (prev == NULL)
575 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum - 1);
576 if (prev == NULL)
577 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
578 else
579 sp = prev;
580 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < current_lnum)
581 sp = sp->sst_next;
582 if (sp != NULL
583 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
584 && syn_stack_equal(sp))
586 parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
587 prev = sp;
588 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
590 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
591 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */
592 prev = sp;
593 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
594 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
595 break;
596 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
597 sp = sp->sst_next;
599 load_current_state(prev);
601 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
602 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
603 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
604 else if (prev == NULL
605 || current_lnum == lnum
606 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
607 prev = store_current_state();
610 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
611 * state will be wrong then. */
612 line_breakcheck();
613 if (got_int)
615 current_lnum = lnum;
616 break;
620 syn_start_line();
624 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
625 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
627 static void
628 clear_syn_state(p)
629 synstate_T *p;
631 int i;
632 garray_T *gap;
634 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
636 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
637 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
638 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
639 ga_clear(gap);
641 else
643 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
644 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
649 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
651 static void
652 clear_current_state()
654 int i;
655 stateitem_T *sip;
657 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
658 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
659 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
660 ga_clear(&current_state);
664 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
666 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
667 * used:
668 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
669 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
670 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
672 static void
673 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
674 win_T *wp;
675 linenr_T start_lnum;
676 synstate_T *last_valid;
678 buf_T *curbuf_save;
679 win_T *curwin_save;
680 pos_T cursor_save;
681 int idx;
682 linenr_T lnum;
683 linenr_T end_lnum;
684 linenr_T break_lnum;
685 int had_sync_point;
686 stateitem_T *cur_si;
687 synpat_T *spp;
688 char_u *line;
689 int found_flags = 0;
690 int found_match_idx = 0;
691 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
692 int found_current_col= 0;
693 lpos_T found_m_endpos;
694 colnr_T prev_current_col;
697 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
699 invalidate_current_state();
702 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
703 * there.
704 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
705 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
706 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
707 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
709 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
710 start_lnum = 1;
711 else
713 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
714 lnum = 1;
715 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
716 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
717 else
718 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
719 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
720 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
721 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
722 if (lnum >= start_lnum)
723 start_lnum = 1;
724 else
725 start_lnum -= lnum;
727 current_lnum = start_lnum;
730 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
732 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
734 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
735 * use find_start_comment(). */
736 curwin_save = curwin;
737 curwin = wp;
738 curbuf_save = curbuf;
739 curbuf = syn_buf;
742 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
744 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
746 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
747 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
748 break;
750 current_lnum = start_lnum;
752 /* set cursor to start of search */
753 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
754 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
755 wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
758 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
759 * defines the comment.
760 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
762 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
764 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
765 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
766 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
768 validate_current_state();
769 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
770 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
771 break;
775 /* restore cursor and buffer */
776 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
777 curwin = curwin_save;
778 curbuf = curbuf_save;
782 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
784 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
786 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
787 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
788 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
789 else
790 break_lnum = 0;
792 found_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
793 found_m_endpos.col = 0;
794 end_lnum = start_lnum;
795 lnum = start_lnum;
796 while (--lnum > break_lnum)
798 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
799 line_breakcheck();
800 if (got_int)
802 invalidate_current_state();
803 current_lnum = start_lnum;
804 break;
807 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
808 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
810 load_current_state(last_valid);
811 break;
815 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
817 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
818 continue;
821 * Start with nothing on the state stack
823 validate_current_state();
825 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
827 syn_start_line();
828 for (;;)
830 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
832 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
833 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
835 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
837 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
838 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
840 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
841 current_lnum = end_lnum;
842 break;
844 if (cur_si->si_idx < 0)
846 /* Cannot happen? */
847 found_flags = 0;
848 found_match_idx = KEYWORD_IDX;
850 else
852 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
853 found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
854 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
856 found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
857 found_current_col = current_col;
858 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
860 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
861 * match).
863 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
865 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
866 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
867 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
868 break;
870 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
871 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
872 else
873 ++current_col;
875 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
876 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. Be
877 * careful not to go past the NUL. */
878 prev_current_col = current_col;
879 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
880 ++current_col;
881 check_state_ends();
882 current_col = prev_current_col;
884 else
885 break;
890 * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
892 if (found_flags)
895 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
896 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
897 * state stack empty.
899 clear_current_state();
900 if (found_match_idx >= 0
901 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
902 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
905 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
906 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
907 * the next line.
908 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
910 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
912 if (current_state.ga_len)
914 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
915 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
916 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
917 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
918 check_keepend();
920 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
921 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
922 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
923 ++current_lnum;
925 else
926 current_lnum = start_lnum;
928 break;
931 end_lnum = lnum;
932 invalidate_current_state();
935 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
936 if (lnum <= break_lnum)
938 invalidate_current_state();
939 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
943 validate_current_state();
947 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
949 static int
950 syn_match_linecont(lnum)
951 linenr_T lnum;
953 regmmatch_T regmatch;
955 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
957 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
958 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
959 return syn_regexec(&regmatch, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
961 return FALSE;
965 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
967 static void
968 syn_start_line()
970 current_finished = FALSE;
971 current_col = 0;
974 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
975 * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
977 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
978 syn_update_ends(TRUE);
980 next_match_idx = -1;
981 ++current_line_id;
985 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
986 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
987 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
989 static void
990 syn_update_ends(startofline)
991 int startofline;
993 stateitem_T *cur_si;
994 int i;
995 int seen_keepend;
997 if (startofline)
999 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
1000 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
1001 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
1003 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
1004 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
1005 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
1006 == SPTYPE_MATCH
1007 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
1009 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
1010 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
1011 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
1012 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
1013 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
1019 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
1020 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
1021 * influence contained items. If we've just removed "extend"
1022 * (startofline == 0) then we should update ends of normal regions
1023 * contained inside "keepend" because "extend" could have extended
1024 * these "keepend" regions as well as contained normal regions.
1025 * Then check for items ending in column 0.
1027 i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
1028 if (keepend_level >= 0)
1029 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
1030 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
1031 break;
1033 seen_keepend = FALSE;
1034 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
1036 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
1037 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
1038 || (seen_keepend && !startofline)
1039 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
1041 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
1042 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1044 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
1045 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
1047 if (!startofline && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
1048 seen_keepend = TRUE;
1051 check_keepend();
1052 check_state_ends();
1055 /****************************************
1056 * Handling of the state stack cache.
1060 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
1062 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
1063 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
1065 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
1066 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
1067 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
1068 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
1069 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
1070 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
1072 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
1073 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
1074 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
1075 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
1076 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
1077 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
1078 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
1079 * the cached entry.
1081 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
1082 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
1083 * start of the line is needed.
1084 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
1085 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
1086 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
1087 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
1088 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
1092 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
1093 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
1095 void
1096 syn_stack_free_all(buf)
1097 buf_T *buf;
1099 synstate_T *p;
1100 win_T *wp;
1102 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
1104 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
1105 clear_syn_state(p);
1106 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
1107 buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
1108 buf->b_sst_len = 0;
1110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1111 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
1112 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
1114 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
1115 foldUpdateAll(wp);
1117 #endif
1121 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
1122 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
1123 * small, reallocate it.
1124 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
1126 static void
1127 syn_stack_alloc()
1129 long len;
1130 synstate_T *to, *from;
1131 synstate_T *sstp;
1133 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
1134 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
1135 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
1136 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
1137 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
1138 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
1140 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
1141 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
1142 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
1143 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
1144 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
1145 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
1146 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
1148 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
1150 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
1151 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
1152 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
1153 && syn_stack_cleanup())
1155 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
1156 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
1159 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
1160 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
1161 return;
1163 to = sstp - 1;
1164 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
1166 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
1167 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
1168 from = from->sst_next)
1170 ++to;
1171 *to = *from;
1172 to->sst_next = to + 1;
1175 if (to != sstp - 1)
1177 to->sst_next = NULL;
1178 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
1179 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
1181 else
1183 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
1184 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
1187 /* Create the list of free entries. */
1188 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
1189 while (++to < sstp + len)
1190 to->sst_next = to + 1;
1191 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
1193 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
1194 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
1195 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
1200 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
1201 * b_mod_* fields.
1202 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
1203 * displayed buffer.
1205 void
1206 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
1207 buf_T *buf;
1209 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
1210 linenr_T n;
1212 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
1213 return;
1215 prev = NULL;
1216 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
1218 if (p->sst_lnum + buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
1220 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
1221 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
1223 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
1224 np = p->sst_next;
1225 if (prev == NULL)
1226 buf->b_sst_first = np;
1227 else
1228 prev->sst_next = np;
1229 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
1230 p = np;
1231 continue;
1233 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
1234 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
1235 * again. */
1236 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
1238 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
1239 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
1240 else
1241 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
1243 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
1244 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
1245 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
1247 p->sst_lnum = n;
1249 prev = p;
1250 p = p->sst_next;
1255 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
1256 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
1258 static int
1259 syn_stack_cleanup()
1261 synstate_T *p, *prev;
1262 disptick_T tick;
1263 int above;
1264 int dist;
1265 int retval = FALSE;
1267 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
1268 return retval;
1270 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
1271 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
1272 dist = 999999;
1273 else
1274 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
1277 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
1278 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
1279 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
1281 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
1282 above = FALSE;
1283 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
1284 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
1286 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
1288 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
1290 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
1291 tick = p->sst_tick;
1292 above = TRUE;
1294 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
1295 tick = p->sst_tick;
1300 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
1301 * interval of several lines.
1303 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
1304 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
1306 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
1308 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
1309 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
1310 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
1311 p = prev;
1312 retval = TRUE;
1315 return retval;
1319 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
1320 * Move the entry into the free list.
1322 static void
1323 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
1324 buf_T *buf;
1325 synstate_T *p;
1327 clear_syn_state(p);
1328 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
1329 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
1330 ++buf->b_sst_freecount;
1334 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
1335 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
1337 static synstate_T *
1338 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
1339 linenr_T lnum;
1341 synstate_T *p, *prev;
1343 prev = NULL;
1344 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
1346 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
1347 return p;
1348 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
1349 break;
1351 return prev;
1355 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
1356 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
1358 static synstate_T *
1359 store_current_state()
1361 int i;
1362 synstate_T *p;
1363 bufstate_T *bp;
1364 stateitem_T *cur_si;
1365 synstate_T *sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
1368 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
1369 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
1371 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
1373 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
1374 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
1375 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
1376 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
1377 || (cur_si->si_end_idx
1378 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
1379 break;
1381 if (i >= 0)
1383 if (sp != NULL)
1385 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
1386 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
1387 /* it's the first entry */
1388 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
1389 else
1391 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
1392 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
1393 if (p->sst_next == sp)
1394 break;
1395 if (p != NULL) /* just in case */
1396 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
1398 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
1399 sp = NULL;
1402 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
1405 * Add a new entry
1407 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
1408 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
1410 (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
1411 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
1412 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
1414 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
1415 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
1416 sp = NULL;
1417 else
1419 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
1420 * list, after *sp */
1421 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
1422 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
1423 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
1424 if (sp == NULL)
1426 /* Insert in front of the list */
1427 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
1428 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
1430 else
1432 /* insert in list after *sp */
1433 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
1434 sp->sst_next = p;
1436 sp = p;
1437 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
1438 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
1441 if (sp != NULL)
1443 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
1444 clear_syn_state(sp);
1445 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
1446 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
1448 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
1449 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
1450 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
1451 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
1452 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
1453 else
1454 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
1455 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
1457 else
1458 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
1459 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
1461 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
1462 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
1463 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
1465 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
1466 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
1467 sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
1468 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
1470 current_state_stored = TRUE;
1471 return sp;
1475 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
1477 static void
1478 load_current_state(from)
1479 synstate_T *from;
1481 int i;
1482 bufstate_T *bp;
1484 clear_current_state();
1485 validate_current_state();
1486 keepend_level = -1;
1487 if (from->sst_stacksize
1488 && ga_grow(&current_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
1490 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
1491 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
1492 else
1493 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
1494 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
1496 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
1497 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
1498 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
1499 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
1500 keepend_level = i;
1501 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
1502 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
1503 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
1504 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
1505 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
1506 else
1507 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
1508 update_si_attr(i);
1510 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
1512 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
1513 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
1514 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
1518 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
1519 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
1521 static int
1522 syn_stack_equal(sp)
1523 synstate_T *sp;
1525 int i, j;
1526 bufstate_T *bp;
1527 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
1529 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
1530 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
1531 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
1533 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
1534 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
1535 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
1536 else
1537 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
1539 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
1541 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
1542 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
1543 break;
1544 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
1546 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
1547 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
1548 * references are equal. */
1549 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
1550 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
1551 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
1552 * different. */
1553 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
1554 break;
1555 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
1557 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
1558 * equal. */
1559 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
1561 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the
1562 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
1563 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
1564 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
1565 || six->matches[j] == NULL)
1566 break;
1567 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
1568 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
1569 six->matches[j]) != 0
1570 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
1571 break;
1574 if (j != NSUBEXP)
1575 break;
1578 if (i < 0)
1579 return TRUE;
1581 return FALSE;
1585 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
1586 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
1587 * the last parsed line.
1588 * The window looks like this:
1589 * line which changed
1590 * displayed line
1591 * displayed line
1592 * lnum -> line below window
1594 void
1595 syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
1596 linenr_T lnum;
1598 synstate_T *sp;
1600 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
1601 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
1602 sp = sp->sst_next;
1604 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
1605 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
1609 * End of handling of the state stack.
1610 ****************************************/
1612 static void
1613 invalidate_current_state()
1615 clear_current_state();
1616 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
1617 current_next_list = NULL;
1618 keepend_level = -1;
1621 static void
1622 validate_current_state()
1624 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
1625 current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
1629 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
1630 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
1631 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
1634 syntax_check_changed(lnum)
1635 linenr_T lnum;
1637 int retval = TRUE;
1638 synstate_T *sp;
1641 * Check the state stack when:
1642 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
1643 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
1644 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
1645 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
1647 if (VALID_STATE(&current_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
1649 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
1650 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
1653 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
1654 * drawn)
1656 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
1659 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
1660 * the line.
1662 if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
1663 retval = FALSE;
1666 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
1668 ++current_lnum;
1669 (void)store_current_state();
1673 return retval;
1677 * Finish the current line.
1678 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
1679 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
1680 * is valid.
1682 static int
1683 syn_finish_line(syncing)
1684 int syncing; /* called for syncing */
1686 stateitem_T *cur_si;
1687 colnr_T prev_current_col;
1689 if (!current_finished)
1691 while (!current_finished)
1693 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL, FALSE);
1695 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
1697 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
1700 * Check for match with sync item.
1702 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
1703 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
1704 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
1705 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
1706 return TRUE;
1708 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
1709 * that ends here, need to do that now. Be careful not to go
1710 * past the NUL. */
1711 prev_current_col = current_col;
1712 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
1713 ++current_col;
1714 check_state_ends();
1715 current_col = prev_current_col;
1717 ++current_col;
1720 return FALSE;
1724 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
1725 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
1726 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
1727 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
1728 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
1729 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be
1730 * done.
1733 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell, keep_state)
1734 colnr_T col;
1735 int *can_spell;
1736 int keep_state; /* keep state of char at "col" */
1738 int attr = 0;
1740 if (can_spell != NULL)
1741 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
1742 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
1743 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
1744 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
1745 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
1747 /* check for out of memory situation */
1748 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
1749 return 0;
1751 /* After 'synmaxcol' the attribute is always zero. */
1752 if (syn_buf->b_p_smc > 0 && col >= (colnr_T)syn_buf->b_p_smc)
1754 clear_current_state();
1755 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1756 current_id = 0;
1757 current_trans_id = 0;
1758 #endif
1759 return 0;
1762 /* Make sure current_state is valid */
1763 if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state))
1764 validate_current_state();
1767 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
1769 while (current_col <= col)
1771 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell,
1772 current_col == col ? keep_state : FALSE);
1773 ++current_col;
1776 return attr;
1780 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
1782 static int
1783 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell, keep_state)
1784 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
1785 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
1786 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */
1787 int keep_state; /* keep syntax stack afterwards */
1789 int syn_id;
1790 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
1791 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
1792 lpos_T hl_endpos;
1793 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
1794 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
1795 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
1796 int idx;
1797 synpat_T *spp;
1798 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL;
1799 int startcol;
1800 int endcol;
1801 long flags;
1802 short *next_list;
1803 int found_match; /* found usable match */
1804 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
1805 int do_keywords;
1806 regmmatch_T regmatch;
1807 lpos_T pos;
1808 int lc_col;
1809 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
1810 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
1811 looking for a pattern match! */
1813 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
1814 int keep_next_list;
1815 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
1816 garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
1819 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
1820 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
1822 line = syn_getcurline();
1823 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
1826 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
1828 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
1829 && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
1830 (void)push_next_match(NULL);
1832 current_finished = TRUE;
1833 current_state_stored = FALSE;
1834 return 0;
1837 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
1838 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
1840 current_finished = TRUE;
1841 current_state_stored = FALSE;
1845 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
1846 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
1847 * the next column.
1849 if (try_next_column)
1851 next_match_idx = -1;
1852 try_next_column = FALSE;
1855 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
1856 do_keywords = !syncing
1857 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
1858 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
1860 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
1861 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
1862 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
1865 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
1866 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
1867 * column.
1871 found_match = FALSE;
1872 keep_next_list = FALSE;
1873 syn_id = 0;
1876 * 1. Check for a current state.
1877 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
1878 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
1879 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
1880 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
1882 if (current_state.ga_len)
1883 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
1884 else
1885 cur_si = NULL;
1887 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
1888 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
1891 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
1892 * char. Don't do this when syncing.
1894 if (do_keywords)
1896 line = syn_getcurline();
1897 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
1898 && (current_col == 0
1899 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
1900 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1901 - (has_mbyte
1902 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
1903 : 0)
1904 #endif
1905 , syn_buf)))
1907 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
1908 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
1909 if (syn_id != 0)
1911 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
1913 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
1914 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
1915 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1916 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
1917 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1918 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
1919 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1920 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
1921 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
1922 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
1923 cur_si->si_flags = flags;
1924 cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
1925 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
1926 if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
1928 if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
1930 cur_si->si_attr = 0;
1931 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
1933 else
1935 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
1936 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
1937 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
1938 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
1941 else
1942 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
1943 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
1944 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
1945 check_keepend();
1947 else
1948 vim_free(next_list);
1954 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found).
1956 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
1959 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
1960 * for any match with a pattern.
1962 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
1965 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
1966 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a
1967 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
1968 * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
1970 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
1971 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
1972 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
1974 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
1975 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
1976 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
1977 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
1978 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
1979 && (current_next_list != NULL
1980 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
1981 &spp->sp_syn, 0)
1982 : (cur_si == NULL
1983 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
1984 : in_id_list(cur_si,
1985 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
1986 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
1988 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
1989 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
1990 * this item. */
1991 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
1992 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
1993 continue;
1994 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
1996 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
1997 if (lc_col < 0)
1998 lc_col = 0;
2000 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
2001 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
2002 if (!syn_regexec(&regmatch, current_lnum,
2003 (colnr_T)lc_col))
2005 /* no match in this line, try another one */
2006 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
2007 continue;
2011 * Compute the first column of the match.
2013 syn_add_start_off(&pos, &regmatch,
2014 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
2015 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
2017 /* must have used end of match in a next line,
2018 * we can't handle that */
2019 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
2020 continue;
2022 startcol = pos.col;
2024 /* remember the next column where this pattern
2025 * matches in the current line */
2026 spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
2029 * If a previously found match starts at a lower
2030 * column number, don't use this one.
2032 if (startcol >= next_match_col)
2033 continue;
2036 * If we matched this pattern at this position
2037 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next
2038 * column, because it may match from there.
2040 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
2042 try_next_column = TRUE;
2043 continue;
2046 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
2047 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
2049 /* Compute the highlight start. */
2050 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, &regmatch,
2051 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
2053 /* Compute the region start. */
2054 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
2055 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, &regmatch,
2056 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
2059 * Grab the external submatches before they get
2060 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
2062 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
2063 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
2064 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
2066 flags = 0;
2067 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
2068 eoe_pos.col = 0;
2069 end_idx = 0;
2070 hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
2073 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
2074 * same line too. Search for it after the end of
2075 * the match with the start pattern. Set the
2076 * resulting end positions at the same time.
2078 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
2079 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
2081 lpos_T startpos;
2083 startpos = endpos;
2084 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
2085 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
2086 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
2087 continue; /* not found */
2091 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
2092 * end offset needs has been added. Except when
2093 * syncing.
2095 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
2097 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, &regmatch, spp,
2098 SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
2099 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, &regmatch, spp,
2100 SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
2101 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
2102 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
2105 * If an empty string is matched, may need
2106 * to try matching again at next column.
2108 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
2109 == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
2110 try_next_column = TRUE;
2111 continue;
2116 * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
2118 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
2119 * before endpos. */
2120 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
2121 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
2122 hl_startpos.col = startcol;
2123 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
2125 next_match_idx = idx;
2126 next_match_col = startcol;
2127 next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
2128 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
2129 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
2130 next_match_flags = flags;
2131 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
2132 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
2133 next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
2134 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
2135 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
2136 cur_extmatch = NULL;
2142 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
2144 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
2146 synpat_T *lspp;
2148 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
2149 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
2150 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
2151 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
2152 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
2153 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
2155 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
2156 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
2157 keep_next_list = TRUE;
2158 zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
2160 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
2161 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
2162 * endless loop). */
2163 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
2165 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
2166 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
2168 next_match_idx = -1;
2170 else
2171 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
2172 found_match = TRUE;
2178 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
2180 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
2183 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
2184 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
2185 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
2187 if (!found_match)
2189 line = syn_getcurline();
2190 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
2191 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
2192 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
2193 && *line == NUL))
2194 break;
2198 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
2199 * contained matches.
2200 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
2201 * match.
2202 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
2203 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
2205 current_next_list = NULL;
2206 next_match_idx = -1;
2207 if (!zero_width_next_list)
2208 found_match = TRUE;
2211 } while (found_match);
2214 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
2215 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
2217 current_attr = 0;
2218 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2219 current_id = 0;
2220 current_trans_id = 0;
2221 #endif
2222 if (cur_si != NULL)
2224 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL
2225 int current_trans_id = 0;
2226 #endif
2227 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
2229 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
2230 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
2231 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
2232 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
2233 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
2234 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2235 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2236 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
2238 current_attr = sip->si_attr;
2239 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2240 current_id = sip->si_id;
2241 #endif
2242 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
2243 break;
2247 if (can_spell != NULL)
2249 struct sp_syn sps;
2252 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be
2253 * done in the current item.
2255 if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
2257 /* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without
2258 * @NoSpell cluster. */
2259 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0)
2260 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell != SYNSPL_NOTOP);
2261 else
2263 sps.inc_tag = 0;
2264 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
2265 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
2266 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
2269 else
2271 /* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with
2272 * the @Spell cluster. But not when @NoSpell is also there.
2273 * At the toplevel only spell check when ":syn spell toplevel"
2274 * was used. */
2275 if (current_trans_id == 0)
2276 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
2277 else
2279 sps.inc_tag = 0;
2280 sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id;
2281 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
2282 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
2284 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0)
2286 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
2287 if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0))
2288 *can_spell = FALSE;
2296 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
2297 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
2298 * single character match.
2299 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
2300 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
2301 * current column.
2303 if (!syncing && !keep_state)
2305 check_state_ends();
2306 if (current_state.ga_len > 0
2307 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
2309 ++current_col;
2310 check_state_ends();
2311 --current_col;
2315 else if (can_spell != NULL)
2316 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
2317 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
2318 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
2319 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
2320 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
2322 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */
2323 if (current_next_list != NULL
2324 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
2325 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
2326 current_next_list = NULL;
2328 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
2329 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
2331 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
2332 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
2333 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
2334 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
2336 return current_attr;
2341 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
2343 static int
2344 did_match_already(idx, gap)
2345 int idx;
2346 garray_T *gap;
2348 int i;
2350 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
2351 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
2352 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
2353 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
2354 return TRUE;
2356 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
2357 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
2358 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
2359 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
2360 return TRUE;
2362 return FALSE;
2366 * Push the next match onto the stack.
2368 static stateitem_T *
2369 push_next_match(cur_si)
2370 stateitem_T *cur_si;
2372 synpat_T *spp;
2374 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
2377 * Push the item in current_state stack;
2379 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
2382 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
2383 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
2385 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2386 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
2387 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
2388 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
2389 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
2390 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
2391 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
2392 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
2394 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
2395 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
2396 check_keepend();
2398 else
2400 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
2401 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
2402 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
2403 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
2404 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
2405 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
2407 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
2408 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
2409 check_keepend();
2410 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2413 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
2414 * on the stack for the start pattern.
2416 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
2417 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
2418 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
2420 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2421 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
2422 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
2423 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
2424 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
2425 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
2426 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
2427 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
2428 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
2429 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
2430 check_keepend();
2431 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2435 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
2437 return cur_si;
2441 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
2443 static void
2444 check_state_ends()
2446 stateitem_T *cur_si;
2447 int had_extend = FALSE;
2449 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2450 for (;;)
2452 if (cur_si->si_ends
2453 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
2454 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
2455 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
2458 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
2459 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
2460 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
2461 * position.
2463 if (cur_si->si_end_idx
2464 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
2465 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
2466 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
2468 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
2469 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
2470 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
2471 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
2472 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
2473 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2475 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
2476 next_match_idx = 0;
2477 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
2478 break;
2480 else
2482 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
2483 * "skipempty" */
2484 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
2485 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
2486 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
2487 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
2488 current_next_list = NULL;
2490 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
2491 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
2492 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
2493 had_extend = TRUE;
2495 pop_current_state();
2497 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
2498 break;
2500 if (had_extend && keepend_level >= 0)
2502 syn_update_ends(FALSE);
2503 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
2504 break;
2507 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2510 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
2511 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match
2512 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
2513 * Don't do this when:
2514 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
2515 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
2516 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
2518 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
2519 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
2520 == SPTYPE_START
2521 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
2523 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
2524 check_keepend();
2525 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
2526 && keepend_level < 0
2527 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
2528 break;
2532 else
2533 break;
2538 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
2539 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
2541 static void
2542 update_si_attr(idx)
2543 int idx;
2545 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
2546 synpat_T *spp;
2548 /* This should not happen... */
2549 if (sip->si_idx < 0)
2550 return;
2552 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
2553 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
2554 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
2555 else
2556 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
2557 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
2558 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
2559 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
2560 sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
2561 else
2562 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
2565 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
2566 * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
2567 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
2569 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
2571 if (idx == 0)
2573 sip->si_attr = 0;
2574 sip->si_trans_id = 0;
2575 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
2576 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
2578 else
2580 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
2581 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
2582 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
2583 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
2584 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
2586 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
2587 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
2594 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
2595 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
2597 static void
2598 check_keepend()
2600 int i;
2601 lpos_T maxpos;
2602 lpos_T maxpos_h;
2603 stateitem_T *sip;
2606 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
2607 * there really is a keepend.
2609 if (keepend_level < 0)
2610 return;
2613 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
2614 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
2615 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
2617 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
2618 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
2619 break;
2621 maxpos.lnum = 0;
2622 maxpos.col = 0;
2623 maxpos_h.lnum = 0;
2624 maxpos_h.col = 0;
2625 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
2627 sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
2628 if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
2630 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
2631 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos_h);
2632 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
2633 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
2635 if (sip->si_ends && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
2637 if (maxpos.lnum == 0
2638 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
2639 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
2640 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col))
2641 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
2642 if (maxpos_h.lnum == 0
2643 || maxpos_h.lnum > sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2644 || (maxpos_h.lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2645 && maxpos_h.col > sip->si_h_endpos.col))
2646 maxpos_h = sip->si_h_endpos;
2652 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
2653 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
2655 * Return the flags for the matched END.
2657 static void
2658 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
2659 stateitem_T *sip;
2660 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
2661 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
2663 lpos_T startpos;
2664 lpos_T endpos;
2665 lpos_T hl_endpos;
2666 lpos_T end_endpos;
2667 int end_idx;
2669 /* return quickly for a keyword */
2670 if (sip->si_idx < 0)
2671 return;
2673 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
2674 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
2675 * from a containing item. */
2676 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
2677 return;
2680 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
2681 * line.
2683 end_idx = 0;
2684 startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
2685 startpos.col = startcol;
2686 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
2687 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
2689 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
2691 /* No end pattern matched. */
2692 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
2694 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
2695 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
2696 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
2697 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
2699 else
2701 /* continues in the next line */
2702 sip->si_ends = FALSE;
2703 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
2705 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
2707 else
2709 /* match within this line */
2710 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
2711 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
2712 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
2713 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
2714 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
2719 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
2720 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
2721 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
2723 static int
2724 push_current_state(idx)
2725 int idx;
2727 if (ga_grow(&current_state, 1) == FAIL)
2728 return FAIL;
2729 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
2730 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
2731 ++current_state.ga_len;
2732 return OK;
2736 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
2738 static void
2739 pop_current_state()
2741 if (current_state.ga_len)
2743 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
2744 --current_state.ga_len;
2746 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
2747 next_match_idx = -1;
2749 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
2750 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
2751 keepend_level = -1;
2755 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
2756 * Only checks one line.
2757 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
2758 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
2759 * will be 0.
2760 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
2761 * computed.
2763 static void
2764 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
2765 end_idx, start_ext)
2766 int idx; /* index of the pattern */
2767 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
2768 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
2769 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
2770 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
2771 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
2772 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
2773 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
2775 colnr_T matchcol;
2776 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
2777 int start_idx;
2778 int best_idx;
2779 regmmatch_T regmatch;
2780 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
2781 lpos_T pos;
2782 char_u *line;
2783 int had_match = FALSE;
2785 /* just in case we are invoked for a keyword */
2786 if (idx < 0)
2787 return;
2790 * Check for being called with a START pattern.
2791 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
2792 * contained a region.
2794 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
2795 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
2797 *hl_endpos = *startpos;
2798 return;
2802 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
2804 for (;;)
2806 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
2807 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
2808 break;
2809 ++idx;
2813 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
2815 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
2817 spp_skip = spp;
2818 ++idx;
2820 else
2821 spp_skip = NULL;
2823 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
2824 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
2825 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
2827 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
2828 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
2829 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
2830 for (;;)
2833 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
2835 best_idx = -1;
2836 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
2838 int lc_col = matchcol;
2840 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
2841 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
2842 break;
2843 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
2844 if (lc_col < 0)
2845 lc_col = 0;
2847 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
2848 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
2849 if (syn_regexec(&regmatch, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
2851 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
2852 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
2854 best_idx = idx;
2855 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
2856 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
2862 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
2863 * item continues until end-of-line.
2865 if (best_idx == -1)
2866 break;
2869 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
2870 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
2872 if (spp_skip != NULL)
2874 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
2876 if (lc_col < 0)
2877 lc_col = 0;
2878 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
2879 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
2880 if (syn_regexec(&regmatch, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
2881 && regmatch.startpos[0].col
2882 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
2884 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */
2885 syn_add_end_off(&pos, &regmatch, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
2887 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
2888 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
2889 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
2890 break;
2892 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
2894 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
2895 if (pos.col <= matchcol)
2896 ++matchcol;
2897 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
2898 matchcol = pos.col;
2899 else
2900 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
2901 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
2902 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
2903 ++matchcol)
2906 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
2907 if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
2908 break;
2910 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
2915 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
2916 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
2918 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
2919 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
2920 /* can't end before the start */
2921 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
2922 m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
2924 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
2925 /* can't end before the start */
2926 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
2927 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
2928 end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
2929 /* can't end after the match */
2930 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
2933 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
2935 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
2937 *end_idx = best_idx;
2938 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
2940 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
2941 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
2943 else
2945 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
2946 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
2948 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
2950 /* can't end before the start */
2951 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
2952 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
2953 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
2954 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
2956 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
2957 * into the matchgroup for the end */
2958 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
2960 else
2962 *end_idx = 0;
2963 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
2966 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
2968 had_match = TRUE;
2969 break;
2972 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
2973 if (!had_match)
2974 m_endpos->lnum = 0;
2976 /* Remove external matches. */
2977 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
2978 re_extmatch_in = NULL;
2982 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
2984 static void
2985 limit_pos(pos, limit)
2986 lpos_T *pos;
2987 lpos_T *limit;
2989 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
2990 *pos = *limit;
2991 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
2992 pos->col = limit->col;
2996 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
2998 static void
2999 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
3000 lpos_T *pos;
3001 lpos_T *limit;
3003 if (pos->lnum == 0)
3004 *pos = *limit;
3005 else
3006 limit_pos(pos, limit);
3010 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
3012 static void
3013 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
3014 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
3015 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
3016 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
3017 int idx; /* index of offset */
3018 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
3020 int col;
3021 int off;
3022 char_u *base;
3023 char_u *p;
3025 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
3027 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
3028 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
3029 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx] + extra;
3031 else
3033 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
3034 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
3035 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx];
3037 /* Don't go past the end of the line. Matters for "rs=e+2" when there
3038 * is a matchgroup. Watch out for match with last NL in the buffer. */
3039 if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
3040 col = 0;
3041 else if (off != 0)
3043 base = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE);
3044 p = base + col;
3045 if (off > 0)
3047 while (off-- > 0 && *p != NUL)
3048 mb_ptr_adv(p);
3050 else if (off < 0)
3052 while (off++ < 0 && base < p)
3053 mb_ptr_back(base, p);
3055 col = (int)(p - base);
3057 result->col = col;
3061 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
3062 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
3064 static void
3065 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
3066 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
3067 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
3068 synpat_T *spp;
3069 int idx;
3070 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
3072 int col;
3073 int off;
3074 char_u *base;
3075 char_u *p;
3077 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
3079 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
3080 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
3081 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx] + extra;
3083 else
3085 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
3086 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
3087 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx];
3089 if (off != 0)
3091 base = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE);
3092 p = base + col;
3093 if (off > 0)
3095 while (off-- && *p != NUL)
3096 mb_ptr_adv(p);
3098 else if (off < 0)
3100 while (off++ && base < p)
3101 mb_ptr_back(base, p);
3103 col = (int)(p - base);
3105 result->col = col;
3109 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
3111 static char_u *
3112 syn_getcurline()
3114 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
3118 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf".
3119 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
3121 static int
3122 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
3123 regmmatch_T *rmp;
3124 linenr_T lnum;
3125 colnr_T col;
3127 rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc;
3128 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col, NULL) > 0)
3130 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
3131 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
3132 return TRUE;
3134 return FALSE;
3138 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
3139 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
3140 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
3142 static int
3143 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
3144 char_u *line;
3145 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
3146 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
3147 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
3148 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
3149 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
3151 keyentry_T *kp;
3152 char_u *kwp;
3153 int round;
3154 int kwlen;
3155 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
3156 hashtab_T *ht;
3157 hashitem_T *hi;
3159 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
3160 * checked. */
3161 kwp = line + startcol;
3162 kwlen = 0;
3165 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3166 if (has_mbyte)
3167 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(kwp + kwlen);
3168 else
3169 #endif
3170 ++kwlen;
3172 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));
3174 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
3175 return 0;
3178 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
3179 * lowercase.
3181 vim_strncpy(keyword, kwp, kwlen);
3184 * Try twice:
3185 * 1. matching case
3186 * 2. ignoring case
3188 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
3190 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic;
3191 if (ht->ht_used == 0)
3192 continue;
3193 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */
3194 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
3197 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different
3198 * attributes.
3199 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
3200 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
3201 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
3203 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
3204 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
3205 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
3207 if (current_next_list != 0
3208 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
3209 : (cur_si == NULL
3210 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
3211 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
3212 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
3214 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
3215 *flagsp = kp->flags;
3216 *next_listp = kp->next_list;
3217 return kp->k_syn.id;
3221 return 0;
3225 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
3227 /* ARGSUSED */
3228 static void
3229 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
3230 exarg_T *eap;
3231 int syncing; /* not used */
3233 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3234 char_u *next;
3236 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3237 if (eap->skip)
3238 return;
3240 next = skiptowhite(arg);
3241 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
3242 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
3243 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
3244 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
3245 else
3246 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
3250 * Handle ":syntax spell" command.
3252 /* ARGSUSED */
3253 static void
3254 syn_cmd_spell(eap, syncing)
3255 exarg_T *eap;
3256 int syncing; /* not used */
3258 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3259 char_u *next;
3261 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3262 if (eap->skip)
3263 return;
3265 next = skiptowhite(arg);
3266 if (STRNICMP(arg, "toplevel", 8) == 0 && next - arg == 8)
3267 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_TOP;
3268 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "notoplevel", 10) == 0 && next - arg == 10)
3269 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_NOTOP;
3270 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "default", 7) == 0 && next - arg == 7)
3271 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT;
3272 else
3273 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
3277 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
3279 void
3280 syntax_clear(buf)
3281 buf_T *buf;
3283 int i;
3285 buf->b_syn_error = FALSE; /* clear previous error */
3286 buf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
3287 buf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; /* default spell checking */
3288 buf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
3290 /* free the keywords */
3291 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab);
3292 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic);
3294 /* free the syntax patterns */
3295 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
3296 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
3297 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
3299 /* free the syntax clusters */
3300 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
3301 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
3302 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
3303 buf->b_spell_cluster_id = 0;
3304 buf->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0;
3306 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
3307 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
3308 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
3309 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
3311 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
3312 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
3313 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
3314 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
3315 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3316 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
3317 #endif
3319 /* free the stored states */
3320 syn_stack_free_all(buf);
3321 invalidate_current_state();
3325 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
3327 static void
3328 syntax_sync_clear()
3330 int i;
3332 /* free the syntax patterns */
3333 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
3334 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
3335 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
3337 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
3338 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
3339 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
3340 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
3342 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
3343 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
3344 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
3345 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
3347 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
3351 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
3353 static void
3354 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
3355 buf_T *buf;
3356 int idx;
3358 synpat_T *spp;
3360 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
3361 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3362 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
3363 --buf->b_syn_folditems;
3364 #endif
3365 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
3366 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
3367 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
3368 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
3372 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
3373 * last to first!
3375 static void
3376 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
3377 buf_T *buf;
3378 int i;
3380 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
3381 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
3382 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
3383 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
3385 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
3386 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
3387 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_syn.cont_in_list);
3392 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
3394 static void
3395 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
3396 buf_T *buf;
3397 int i;
3399 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
3400 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
3401 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
3405 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
3407 static void
3408 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
3409 exarg_T *eap;
3410 int syncing;
3412 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3413 char_u *arg_end;
3414 int id;
3416 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3417 if (eap->skip)
3418 return;
3421 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
3422 * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
3423 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
3424 * clear".
3426 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
3427 return;
3429 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
3432 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
3434 if (syncing)
3435 syntax_sync_clear();
3436 else
3438 syntax_clear(curbuf);
3439 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
3442 else
3445 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
3447 while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
3449 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
3450 if (*arg == '@')
3452 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
3453 if (id == 0)
3455 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
3456 break;
3458 else
3461 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
3462 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
3463 * and make it empty.
3465 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
3467 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
3468 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
3471 else
3473 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
3474 if (id == 0)
3476 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
3477 break;
3479 else
3480 syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
3482 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
3485 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
3486 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
3490 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
3492 static void
3493 syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
3494 int id;
3495 int syncing;
3497 synpat_T *spp;
3498 int idx;
3500 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
3501 if (!syncing)
3503 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab);
3504 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
3507 /* clear the patterns for "id" */
3508 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
3510 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
3511 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
3512 continue;
3513 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
3518 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
3520 /* ARGSUSED */
3521 static void
3522 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
3523 exarg_T *eap;
3524 int syncing; /* not used */
3526 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
3530 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
3532 /* ARGSUSED */
3533 static void
3534 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
3535 exarg_T *eap;
3536 int syncing; /* not used */
3538 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
3539 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
3540 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
3544 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
3546 /* ARGSUSED */
3547 static void
3548 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
3549 exarg_T *eap;
3550 int syncing; /* not used */
3552 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
3553 if (!eap->skip)
3555 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
3556 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
3557 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
3562 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
3564 /* ARGSUSED */
3565 static void
3566 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
3567 exarg_T *eap;
3568 int syncing; /* not used */
3570 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
3574 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
3576 /* ARGSUSED */
3577 static void
3578 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
3579 exarg_T *eap;
3580 int syncing; /* not used */
3582 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
3585 static void
3586 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
3587 exarg_T *eap;
3588 char *name;
3590 char_u buf[100];
3592 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
3593 if (!eap->skip)
3595 STRCPY(buf, "so ");
3596 vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
3597 do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
3602 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
3604 static void
3605 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
3606 exarg_T *eap;
3607 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
3609 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3610 int id;
3611 char_u *arg_end;
3613 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3614 if (eap->skip)
3615 return;
3617 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
3619 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
3620 return;
3623 if (syncing)
3625 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
3627 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
3628 syn_lines_msg();
3629 syn_match_msg();
3630 return;
3632 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
3634 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
3635 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
3636 else
3638 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
3639 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
3640 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
3641 syn_match_msg();
3643 return;
3645 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
3646 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
3647 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
3648 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
3650 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
3651 syn_lines_msg();
3652 syn_match_msg();
3655 else
3656 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
3657 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
3660 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
3662 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
3663 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
3664 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
3665 syn_list_cluster(id);
3667 else
3670 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
3672 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
3674 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
3675 if (*arg == '@')
3677 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
3678 if (id == 0)
3679 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
3680 else
3681 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
3683 else
3685 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
3686 if (id == 0)
3687 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
3688 else
3689 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
3691 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
3694 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
3697 static void
3698 syn_lines_msg()
3700 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
3702 MSG_PUTS("; ");
3703 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
3705 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
3706 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
3707 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
3708 MSG_PUTS(", ");
3710 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
3712 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
3713 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
3715 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
3719 static void
3720 syn_match_msg()
3722 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
3724 MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
3725 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
3726 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
3730 static int last_matchgroup;
3732 struct name_list
3734 int flag;
3735 char *name;
3738 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
3741 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
3743 static void
3744 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
3745 int id;
3746 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
3747 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
3749 int attr;
3750 int idx;
3751 int did_header = FALSE;
3752 synpat_T *spp;
3753 static struct name_list namelist1[] =
3755 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
3756 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
3757 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
3758 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
3759 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
3760 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
3761 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
3762 {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
3763 {0, NULL}
3765 static struct name_list namelist2[] =
3767 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
3768 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
3769 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
3770 {0, NULL}
3773 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
3775 /* list the keywords for "id" */
3776 if (!syncing)
3778 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
3779 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
3780 did_header, attr);
3783 /* list the patterns for "id" */
3784 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
3786 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
3787 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
3788 continue;
3790 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
3791 did_header = TRUE;
3792 last_matchgroup = 0;
3793 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
3795 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
3796 msg_putchar(' ');
3798 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
3800 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
3801 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
3802 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
3803 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
3804 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
3805 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
3806 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
3807 --idx;
3808 msg_putchar(' ');
3810 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
3812 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
3813 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
3815 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
3816 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
3817 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
3819 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
3821 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
3822 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
3824 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
3826 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
3827 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
3828 else
3829 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
3830 msg_putchar(' ');
3831 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
3832 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
3833 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
3834 else
3835 MSG_PUTS("NONE");
3836 msg_putchar(' ');
3840 /* list the link, if there is one */
3841 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
3843 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
3844 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
3845 msg_putchar(' ');
3846 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
3850 static void
3851 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
3852 struct name_list *nl;
3853 int flags;
3854 int attr;
3856 int i;
3858 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
3859 if (flags & nl[i].flag)
3861 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
3862 msg_putchar(' ');
3867 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
3869 static void
3870 syn_list_cluster(id)
3871 int id;
3873 int endcol = 15;
3875 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
3876 msg_putchar('\n');
3877 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
3879 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
3880 endcol = msg_col + 1;
3881 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
3882 endcol = Columns - 1;
3884 msg_advance(endcol);
3885 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
3887 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
3888 hl_attr(HLF_D));
3890 else
3892 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
3893 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
3897 static void
3898 put_id_list(name, list, attr)
3899 char_u *name;
3900 short *list;
3901 int attr;
3903 short *p;
3905 msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
3906 msg_putchar('=');
3907 for (p = list; *p; ++p)
3909 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
3911 if (p[1])
3912 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
3913 else
3914 MSG_PUTS("ALL");
3916 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
3918 MSG_PUTS("TOP");
3920 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
3922 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
3924 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
3926 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
3928 msg_putchar('@');
3929 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
3931 else
3932 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
3933 if (p[1])
3934 msg_putchar(',');
3936 msg_putchar(' ');
3939 static void
3940 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
3941 char *s;
3942 int c;
3943 synpat_T *spp;
3944 int attr;
3946 long n;
3947 int mask;
3948 int first;
3949 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
3950 int i;
3952 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
3953 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
3955 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
3956 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
3957 msg_putchar('=');
3958 if (last_matchgroup == 0)
3959 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
3960 else
3961 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
3962 msg_putchar(' ');
3965 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
3966 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
3967 msg_putchar(c);
3969 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
3970 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
3971 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
3973 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
3974 break;
3976 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
3977 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
3978 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
3980 /* output any pattern options */
3981 first = TRUE;
3982 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
3984 mask = (1 << i);
3985 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
3987 if (!first)
3988 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
3989 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
3990 n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
3991 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
3993 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
3994 msg_putchar('s');
3995 else
3996 msg_putchar('e');
3997 if (n > 0)
3998 msg_putchar('+');
4000 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
4001 msg_outnum(n);
4002 first = FALSE;
4005 msg_putchar(' ');
4009 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
4010 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
4012 static int
4013 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
4014 int id;
4015 hashtab_T *ht;
4016 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
4017 int attr;
4019 int outlen;
4020 hashitem_T *hi;
4021 keyentry_T *kp;
4022 int todo;
4023 int prev_contained = 0;
4024 short *prev_next_list = NULL;
4025 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
4026 int prev_skipnl = 0;
4027 int prev_skipwhite = 0;
4028 int prev_skipempty = 0;
4031 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
4032 * hash value...
4034 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
4035 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
4037 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4039 --todo;
4040 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
4042 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
4044 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
4045 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
4046 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
4047 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
4048 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
4049 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
4050 outlen = 9999;
4051 else
4052 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
4053 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
4054 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
4056 prev_contained = 0;
4057 prev_next_list = NULL;
4058 prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
4059 prev_skipnl = 0;
4060 prev_skipwhite = 0;
4061 prev_skipempty = 0;
4063 did_header = TRUE;
4064 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
4066 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
4067 msg_putchar(' ');
4068 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
4070 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
4072 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
4073 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
4074 msg_putchar(' ');
4075 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
4077 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
4079 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
4080 msg_putchar(' ');
4081 prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
4082 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
4084 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
4085 msg_putchar(' ');
4086 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
4088 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
4090 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
4091 msg_putchar(' ');
4092 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
4094 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
4096 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
4097 msg_putchar(' ');
4098 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
4101 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
4107 return did_header;
4110 static void
4111 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
4112 int id;
4113 hashtab_T *ht;
4115 hashitem_T *hi;
4116 keyentry_T *kp;
4117 keyentry_T *kp_prev;
4118 keyentry_T *kp_next;
4119 int todo;
4121 hash_lock(ht);
4122 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
4123 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
4125 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4127 --todo;
4128 kp_prev = NULL;
4129 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
4131 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
4133 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
4134 if (kp_prev == NULL)
4136 if (kp_next == NULL)
4137 hash_remove(ht, hi);
4138 else
4139 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
4141 else
4142 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
4143 vim_free(kp->next_list);
4144 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
4145 vim_free(kp);
4146 kp = kp_next;
4148 else
4150 kp_prev = kp;
4151 kp = kp->ke_next;
4156 hash_unlock(ht);
4160 * Clear a whole keyword table.
4162 static void
4163 clear_keywtab(ht)
4164 hashtab_T *ht;
4166 hashitem_T *hi;
4167 int todo;
4168 keyentry_T *kp;
4169 keyentry_T *kp_next;
4171 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
4172 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
4174 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4176 --todo;
4177 kp = HI2KE(hi);
4178 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
4180 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
4181 vim_free(kp->next_list);
4182 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
4183 vim_free(kp);
4187 hash_clear(ht);
4188 hash_init(ht);
4192 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
4194 static void
4195 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
4196 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
4197 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
4198 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
4199 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
4200 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
4202 keyentry_T *kp;
4203 hashtab_T *ht;
4204 hashitem_T *hi;
4205 char_u *name_ic;
4206 long_u hash;
4207 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];
4209 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
4210 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
4211 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
4212 else
4213 name_ic = name;
4214 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
4215 if (kp == NULL)
4216 return;
4217 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
4218 kp->k_syn.id = id;
4219 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4220 kp->flags = flags;
4221 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
4222 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
4223 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
4224 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
4226 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
4227 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
4228 else
4229 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
4231 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
4232 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
4233 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4235 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */
4236 kp->ke_next = NULL;
4237 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
4239 else
4241 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
4242 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
4243 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
4248 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
4249 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
4250 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
4252 static char_u *
4253 get_group_name(arg, name_end)
4254 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
4255 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
4257 char_u *rest;
4259 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
4260 rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
4263 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
4264 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
4266 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
4267 return NULL;
4268 return rest;
4272 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
4273 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
4274 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
4275 * collect all options in between other arguments.
4276 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
4277 * Return NULL for any error;
4279 static char_u *
4280 get_syn_options(arg, opt)
4281 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */
4282 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */
4284 char_u *gname_start, *gname;
4285 int syn_id;
4286 int len;
4287 char *p;
4288 int i;
4289 int fidx;
4290 static struct flag
4292 char *name;
4293 int argtype;
4294 int flags;
4295 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED},
4296 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE},
4297 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND},
4298 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND},
4299 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL},
4300 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP},
4301 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL},
4302 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE},
4303 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
4304 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE},
4305 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE},
4306 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY},
4307 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD},
4308 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0},
4309 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0},
4310 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0},
4312 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";
4314 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
4315 return NULL;
4317 for (;;)
4320 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
4321 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
4322 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
4324 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
4325 break;
4327 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
4329 p = flagtab[fidx].name;
4330 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
4331 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
4332 break;
4333 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
4334 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
4335 ? arg[len] == '='
4336 : ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
4338 if (opt->keyword
4339 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
4340 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
4341 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
4342 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
4343 fidx = -1;
4344 break;
4347 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */
4348 break;
4350 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
4352 if (!opt->has_cont_list)
4354 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
4355 return NULL;
4357 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
4358 return NULL;
4360 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
4362 #if 0 /* cannot happen */
4363 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
4365 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
4366 return NULL;
4368 #endif
4369 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
4370 return NULL;
4372 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
4374 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
4375 return NULL;
4377 else
4379 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
4380 arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
4382 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
4383 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
4385 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
4387 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
4388 return NULL;
4390 gname_start = arg;
4391 arg = skiptowhite(arg);
4392 if (gname_start == arg)
4393 return NULL;
4394 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
4395 if (gname == NULL)
4396 return NULL;
4397 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
4398 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
4399 else
4401 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
4402 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
4403 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
4404 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
4406 *opt->sync_idx = i;
4407 break;
4409 if (i < 0)
4411 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
4412 vim_free(gname);
4413 return NULL;
4417 vim_free(gname);
4418 arg = skipwhite(arg);
4420 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4421 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
4422 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
4423 /* Need to update folds later. */
4424 foldUpdateAll(curwin);
4425 #endif
4429 return arg;
4433 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
4434 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
4435 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
4437 static void
4438 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
4439 int id;
4440 int *flagsp;
4442 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
4443 return;
4444 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
4445 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
4447 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
4448 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
4449 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
4451 if (grp_list != NULL)
4453 grp_list[0] = id;
4454 grp_list[1] = 0;
4455 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
4456 CLUSTER_ADD);
4462 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
4464 /* ARGSUSED */
4465 static void
4466 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
4467 exarg_T *eap;
4468 int syncing; /* not used */
4470 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4471 int sgl_id = 1;
4472 char_u *group_name_end;
4473 char_u *rest;
4474 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
4475 int prev_toplvl_grp;
4476 int prev_syn_inc_tag;
4477 int source = FALSE;
4479 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
4480 if (eap->skip)
4481 return;
4483 if (arg[0] == '@')
4485 ++arg;
4486 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4487 if (rest == NULL)
4489 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
4490 return;
4492 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
4493 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
4494 eap->arg = rest;
4498 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
4499 * filename to include.
4501 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
4502 separate_nextcmd(eap);
4503 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
4505 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
4506 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
4507 * ":runtime!" is used. */
4508 source = TRUE;
4509 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
4511 if (errormsg != NULL)
4512 EMSG(errormsg);
4513 return;
4518 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
4519 * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
4521 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4522 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
4523 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
4524 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
4525 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, DOSO_NONE) == FAIL
4526 : source_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
4527 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
4528 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
4529 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
4533 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
4535 /* ARGSUSED */
4536 static void
4537 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
4538 exarg_T *eap;
4539 int syncing; /* not used */
4541 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4542 char_u *group_name_end;
4543 int syn_id;
4544 char_u *rest;
4545 char_u *keyword_copy;
4546 char_u *p;
4547 char_u *kw;
4548 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
4549 int cnt;
4551 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4553 if (rest != NULL)
4555 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
4557 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
4558 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
4559 if (keyword_copy != NULL)
4561 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
4562 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
4563 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
4564 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
4565 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
4566 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
4569 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
4570 * found before keywords can be created.
4571 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
4573 cnt = 0;
4574 p = keyword_copy;
4575 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
4577 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4578 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
4579 break;
4580 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
4581 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
4583 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
4584 ++rest;
4585 *p++ = *rest++;
4587 *p++ = NUL;
4588 ++cnt;
4591 if (!eap->skip)
4593 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
4594 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
4597 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
4599 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
4601 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
4603 if (p != NULL)
4604 *p = NUL;
4605 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
4606 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
4607 syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4608 if (p == NULL)
4609 break;
4610 if (p[1] == NUL)
4612 EMSG2(_("E789: Missing ']': %s"), kw);
4613 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */
4614 break;
4616 if (p[1] == ']')
4618 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */
4619 break;
4621 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4622 if (has_mbyte)
4624 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + 1);
4626 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
4627 p += l;
4629 else
4630 #endif
4632 p[0] = p[1];
4633 ++p;
4639 vim_free(keyword_copy);
4640 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
4641 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4645 if (rest != NULL)
4646 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
4647 else
4648 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
4650 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
4651 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
4655 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
4657 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
4659 static void
4660 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
4661 exarg_T *eap;
4662 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
4664 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4665 char_u *group_name_end;
4666 char_u *rest;
4667 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
4668 int syn_id;
4669 int idx;
4670 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
4671 int sync_idx = 0;
4673 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
4674 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4676 /* Get options before the pattern */
4677 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
4678 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
4679 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
4680 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
4681 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
4682 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
4683 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
4684 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4686 /* get the pattern. */
4687 init_syn_patterns();
4688 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
4689 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
4690 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
4691 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
4693 /* Get options after the pattern */
4694 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4696 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
4699 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
4701 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
4702 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
4703 rest = NULL;
4704 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
4705 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
4706 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
4708 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
4710 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
4712 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4713 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
4714 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
4715 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
4716 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
4717 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4718 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
4719 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
4720 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
4721 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
4722 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
4723 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
4724 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
4725 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
4726 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4728 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
4729 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
4730 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
4731 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4732 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
4733 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
4734 #endif
4736 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
4737 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
4738 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
4743 * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
4745 vim_free(item.sp_prog);
4746 vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
4747 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
4748 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
4749 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4751 if (rest == NULL)
4752 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
4756 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
4757 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
4759 static void
4760 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
4761 exarg_T *eap;
4762 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
4764 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4765 char_u *group_name_end;
4766 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
4767 char_u *key_end;
4768 char_u *key = NULL;
4769 char_u *p;
4770 int item;
4771 #define ITEM_START 0
4772 #define ITEM_SKIP 1
4773 #define ITEM_END 2
4774 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
4775 struct pat_ptr
4777 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
4778 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
4779 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
4780 } *(pat_ptrs[3]);
4781 /* patterns found in the line */
4782 struct pat_ptr *ppp;
4783 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
4784 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
4785 int syn_id;
4786 int matchgroup_id = 0;
4787 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
4788 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
4789 int success = FALSE;
4790 int idx;
4791 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
4793 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
4794 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4796 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
4797 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
4798 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
4800 init_syn_patterns();
4802 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
4803 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
4804 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
4805 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
4806 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
4807 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
4808 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
4811 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
4813 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
4815 /* Check for option arguments */
4816 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4817 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
4818 break;
4820 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
4821 key_end = rest;
4822 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
4823 ++key_end;
4824 vim_free(key);
4825 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
4826 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
4828 rest = NULL;
4829 break;
4831 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
4832 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
4833 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
4834 item = ITEM_START;
4835 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
4836 item = ITEM_END;
4837 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
4839 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
4841 illegal = TRUE;
4842 break;
4844 item = ITEM_SKIP;
4846 else
4847 break;
4848 rest = skipwhite(key_end);
4849 if (*rest != '=')
4851 rest = NULL;
4852 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
4853 break;
4855 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
4856 if (*rest == NUL)
4858 not_enough = TRUE;
4859 break;
4862 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
4864 p = skiptowhite(rest);
4865 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
4866 matchgroup_id = 0;
4867 else
4869 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
4870 if (matchgroup_id == 0)
4872 illegal = TRUE;
4873 break;
4876 rest = skipwhite(p);
4878 else
4881 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
4882 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
4883 * used from end to start).
4885 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
4886 if (ppp == NULL)
4888 rest = NULL;
4889 break;
4891 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
4892 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
4893 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
4894 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
4896 rest = NULL;
4897 break;
4901 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
4903 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
4904 if (item == ITEM_START)
4905 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
4906 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
4907 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
4908 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
4909 reg_do_extmatch = 0;
4910 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
4911 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
4912 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
4913 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
4914 ++pat_count;
4917 vim_free(key);
4918 if (illegal || not_enough)
4919 rest = NULL;
4922 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
4924 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
4925 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
4927 not_enough = TRUE;
4928 rest = NULL;
4931 if (rest != NULL)
4934 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
4935 * If OK, add the item.
4937 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
4938 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
4939 rest = NULL;
4940 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
4941 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
4942 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
4944 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
4946 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
4948 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4949 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
4951 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
4953 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
4954 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
4955 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
4956 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
4957 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
4958 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
4959 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
4960 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4961 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
4962 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
4963 if (item == ITEM_START)
4965 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list =
4966 syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
4967 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
4968 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
4969 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
4970 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
4971 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list =
4972 syn_opt_arg.next_list;
4974 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4975 ++idx;
4976 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4977 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
4978 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
4979 #endif
4983 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
4984 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
4985 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
4990 * Free the allocated memory.
4992 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
4993 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
4995 if (!success)
4997 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
4998 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
5000 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
5001 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
5002 vim_free(ppp);
5005 if (!success)
5007 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
5008 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
5009 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
5010 if (not_enough)
5011 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
5012 else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
5013 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
5018 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
5020 static int
5021 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
5022 _RTLENTRYF
5023 #endif
5024 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
5025 const void *v1;
5026 const void *v2;
5028 const short *s1 = v1;
5029 const short *s2 = v2;
5031 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
5035 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
5036 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
5038 static void
5039 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
5040 short **clstr1;
5041 short **clstr2;
5042 int list_op;
5044 int count1 = 0;
5045 int count2 = 0;
5046 short *g1;
5047 short *g2;
5048 short *clstr = NULL;
5049 int count;
5050 int round;
5053 * Handle degenerate cases.
5055 if (*clstr2 == NULL)
5056 return;
5057 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
5059 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
5060 vim_free(*clstr1);
5061 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
5062 *clstr1 = *clstr2;
5063 else
5064 vim_free(*clstr2);
5065 return;
5068 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
5069 ++count1;
5070 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
5071 ++count2;
5074 * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
5076 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
5077 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
5080 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
5081 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
5082 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
5083 * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
5085 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
5087 g1 = *clstr1;
5088 g2 = *clstr2;
5089 count = 0;
5092 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
5094 while (*g1 && *g2)
5097 * We always want to add from the first list.
5099 if (*g1 < *g2)
5101 if (round == 2)
5102 clstr[count] = *g1;
5103 count++;
5104 g1++;
5105 continue;
5108 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
5109 * lists.
5111 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
5113 if (round == 2)
5114 clstr[count] = *g2;
5115 count++;
5117 if (*g1 == *g2)
5118 g1++;
5119 g2++;
5123 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
5124 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
5125 * we're adding the lists.
5127 for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
5128 if (round == 2)
5129 clstr[count] = *g1;
5130 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
5131 for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
5132 if (round == 2)
5133 clstr[count] = *g2;
5135 if (round == 1)
5138 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
5139 * space for it.
5141 if (count == 0)
5143 clstr = NULL;
5144 break;
5146 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
5147 if (clstr == NULL)
5148 break;
5149 clstr[count] = 0;
5154 * Finally, put the new list in place.
5156 vim_free(*clstr1);
5157 vim_free(*clstr2);
5158 *clstr1 = clstr;
5162 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
5163 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
5165 static int
5166 syn_scl_name2id(name)
5167 char_u *name;
5169 int i;
5170 char_u *name_u;
5172 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
5173 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
5174 if (name_u == NULL)
5175 return 0;
5176 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
5177 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
5178 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
5179 break;
5180 vim_free(name_u);
5181 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
5185 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
5187 static int
5188 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
5189 char_u *linep;
5190 int len;
5192 char_u *name;
5193 int id = 0;
5195 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
5196 if (name != NULL)
5198 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
5199 vim_free(name);
5201 return id;
5205 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
5206 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
5207 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
5208 * Return 0 for failure.
5210 static int
5211 syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
5212 char_u *pp;
5213 int len;
5215 int id;
5216 char_u *name;
5218 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
5219 if (name == NULL)
5220 return 0;
5222 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
5223 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
5224 id = syn_add_cluster(name);
5225 else
5226 vim_free(name);
5227 return id;
5231 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
5232 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
5233 * Return 0 for failure.
5235 static int
5236 syn_add_cluster(name)
5237 char_u *name;
5239 int len;
5242 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
5244 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
5246 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T);
5247 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
5251 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
5253 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
5255 vim_free(name);
5256 return 0;
5258 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
5260 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T));
5261 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
5262 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
5263 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
5264 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
5266 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0)
5267 curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
5268 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0)
5269 curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
5271 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
5275 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
5276 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
5278 /* ARGSUSED */
5279 static void
5280 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
5281 exarg_T *eap;
5282 int syncing; /* not used */
5284 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
5285 char_u *group_name_end;
5286 char_u *rest;
5287 int scl_id;
5288 short *clstr_list;
5289 int got_clstr = FALSE;
5290 int opt_len;
5291 int list_op;
5293 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
5294 if (eap->skip)
5295 return;
5297 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
5299 if (rest != NULL)
5301 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
5302 - SYNID_CLUSTER;
5304 for (;;)
5306 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
5307 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
5309 opt_len = 3;
5310 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
5312 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
5313 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
5315 opt_len = 6;
5316 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
5318 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
5319 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
5321 opt_len = 8;
5322 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
5324 else
5325 break;
5327 clstr_list = NULL;
5328 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
5330 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
5331 break;
5333 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
5334 &clstr_list, list_op);
5335 got_clstr = TRUE;
5338 if (got_clstr)
5340 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
5341 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
5345 if (!got_clstr)
5346 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
5347 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
5348 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
5352 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
5354 static void
5355 init_syn_patterns()
5357 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
5358 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
5362 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
5363 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
5364 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
5366 static char_u *
5367 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
5368 char_u *arg;
5369 synpat_T *ci;
5371 char_u *end;
5372 int *p;
5373 int idx;
5374 char_u *cpo_save;
5376 /* need at least three chars */
5377 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
5378 return NULL;
5380 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
5381 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
5383 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
5384 return NULL;
5386 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
5387 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
5388 return NULL;
5390 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
5391 cpo_save = p_cpo;
5392 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
5393 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
5394 p_cpo = cpo_save;
5396 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
5397 return NULL;
5398 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
5401 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
5403 ++end;
5406 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
5407 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
5408 break;
5409 if (idx >= 0)
5411 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
5412 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
5413 switch (end[3])
5415 case 's': break;
5416 case 'b': break;
5417 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
5418 default: idx = -1; break;
5420 if (idx >= 0)
5422 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
5423 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
5425 end += 3;
5426 *p = getdigits(&end);
5428 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
5429 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
5431 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
5432 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
5435 else /* yy=x+99 */
5437 end += 4;
5438 if (*end == '+')
5440 ++end;
5441 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
5443 else if (*end == '-')
5445 ++end;
5446 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
5449 if (*end != ',')
5450 break;
5451 ++end;
5454 } while (idx >= 0);
5456 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
5458 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
5459 return NULL;
5461 return skipwhite(end);
5465 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
5467 /* ARGSUSED */
5468 static void
5469 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
5470 exarg_T *eap;
5471 int syncing; /* not used */
5473 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
5474 char_u *arg_end;
5475 char_u *key = NULL;
5476 char_u *next_arg;
5477 int illegal = FALSE;
5478 int finished = FALSE;
5479 long n;
5480 char_u *cpo_save;
5482 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
5484 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
5485 return;
5488 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
5490 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
5491 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
5492 vim_free(key);
5493 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
5494 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
5496 if (!eap->skip)
5497 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
5498 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
5500 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
5501 if (!eap->skip)
5502 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
5503 (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
5504 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
5506 else if (!eap->skip)
5507 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
5509 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
5510 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
5511 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
5512 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
5514 if (key[4] == 'S')
5515 arg_end = key + 6;
5516 else if (key[0] == 'L')
5517 arg_end = key + 11;
5518 else
5519 arg_end = key + 9;
5520 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
5522 illegal = TRUE;
5523 break;
5525 n = getdigits(&arg_end);
5526 if (!eap->skip)
5528 if (key[4] == 'B')
5529 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
5530 else if (key[1] == 'A')
5531 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
5532 else
5533 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
5536 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
5538 if (!eap->skip)
5540 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
5541 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
5544 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
5546 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
5548 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
5549 finished = TRUE;
5550 break;
5552 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
5553 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
5555 illegal = TRUE;
5556 break;
5559 if (!eap->skip)
5561 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
5562 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
5563 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
5565 finished = TRUE;
5566 break;
5568 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
5570 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
5571 cpo_save = p_cpo;
5572 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
5573 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
5574 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
5575 p_cpo = cpo_save;
5577 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
5579 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
5580 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
5581 finished = TRUE;
5582 break;
5585 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
5587 else
5589 eap->arg = next_arg;
5590 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
5591 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
5592 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
5593 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
5594 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
5595 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
5596 else
5597 illegal = TRUE;
5598 finished = TRUE;
5599 break;
5601 arg_start = next_arg;
5603 vim_free(key);
5604 if (illegal)
5605 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
5606 else if (!finished)
5608 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
5609 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
5610 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
5615 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
5616 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
5617 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
5618 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
5619 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
5621 static int
5622 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
5623 char_u **arg;
5624 int keylen; /* length of keyword */
5625 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
5626 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
5628 char_u *p = NULL;
5629 char_u *end;
5630 int round;
5631 int count;
5632 int total_count = 0;
5633 short *retval = NULL;
5634 char_u *name;
5635 regmatch_T regmatch;
5636 int id;
5637 int i;
5638 int failed = FALSE;
5641 * We parse the list twice:
5642 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
5643 * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
5644 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
5645 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
5647 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
5650 * skip "contains"
5652 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
5653 if (*p != '=')
5655 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
5656 break;
5658 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
5659 if (ends_excmd(*p))
5661 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
5662 break;
5666 * parse the arguments after "contains"
5668 count = 0;
5669 while (!ends_excmd(*p))
5671 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
5673 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
5674 if (name == NULL)
5676 failed = TRUE;
5677 break;
5679 vim_strncpy(name + 1, p, end - p);
5680 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
5681 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
5682 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
5683 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
5685 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
5687 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
5688 failed = TRUE;
5689 vim_free(name);
5690 break;
5692 if (count != 0)
5694 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
5695 failed = TRUE;
5696 vim_free(name);
5697 break;
5699 if (name[1] == 'A')
5700 id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
5701 else if (name[1] == 'T')
5702 id = SYNID_TOP;
5703 else
5704 id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
5705 id += current_syn_inc_tag;
5707 else if (name[1] == '@')
5709 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
5711 else
5714 * Handle full group name.
5716 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
5717 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
5718 else
5721 * Handle match of regexp with group names.
5723 *name = '^';
5724 STRCAT(name, "$");
5725 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
5726 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
5728 failed = TRUE;
5729 vim_free(name);
5730 break;
5733 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
5734 id = 0;
5735 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
5737 if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
5738 (colnr_T)0))
5740 if (round == 2)
5742 /* Got more items than expected; can happen
5743 * when adding items that match:
5744 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
5745 * Go back to first round */
5746 if (count >= total_count)
5748 vim_free(retval);
5749 round = 1;
5751 else
5752 retval[count] = i + 1;
5754 ++count;
5755 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
5758 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
5761 vim_free(name);
5762 if (id == 0)
5764 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
5765 failed = TRUE;
5766 break;
5768 if (id > 0)
5770 if (round == 2)
5772 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
5773 if (count >= total_count)
5775 vim_free(retval);
5776 round = 1;
5778 else
5779 retval[count] = id;
5781 ++count;
5783 p = skipwhite(end);
5784 if (*p != ',')
5785 break;
5786 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
5788 if (failed)
5789 break;
5790 if (round == 1)
5792 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
5793 if (retval == NULL)
5794 break;
5795 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
5796 total_count = count;
5800 *arg = p;
5801 if (failed || retval == NULL)
5803 vim_free(retval);
5804 return FAIL;
5807 if (*list == NULL)
5808 *list = retval;
5809 else
5810 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
5812 return OK;
5816 * Make a copy of an ID list.
5818 static short *
5819 copy_id_list(list)
5820 short *list;
5822 int len;
5823 int count;
5824 short *retval;
5826 if (list == NULL)
5827 return NULL;
5829 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
5831 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
5832 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
5833 if (retval != NULL)
5834 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
5836 return retval;
5840 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
5841 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
5842 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
5843 * the current item.
5844 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
5846 static int
5847 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
5848 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
5849 short *list; /* id list */
5850 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
5851 int contained; /* group id is contained */
5853 int retval;
5854 short *scl_list;
5855 short item;
5856 short id = ssp->id;
5857 static int depth = 0;
5858 int r;
5860 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
5861 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
5862 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
5864 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
5865 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
5866 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
5867 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
5868 --cur_si;
5869 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
5870 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
5871 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
5872 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
5873 return TRUE;
5876 if (list == NULL)
5877 return FALSE;
5880 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
5881 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
5883 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
5884 return !contained;
5887 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
5888 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
5889 * level as the list.
5891 item = *list;
5892 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
5894 if (item < SYNID_TOP)
5896 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
5897 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
5898 return FALSE;
5900 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
5902 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
5903 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
5904 return FALSE;
5906 else
5908 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
5909 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
5910 return FALSE;
5912 item = *++list;
5913 retval = FALSE;
5915 else
5916 retval = TRUE;
5919 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
5921 while (item != 0)
5923 if (item == id)
5924 return retval;
5925 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
5927 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
5928 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
5929 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
5930 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
5932 ++depth;
5933 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
5934 --depth;
5935 if (r)
5936 return retval;
5939 item = *++list;
5941 return !retval;
5944 struct subcommand
5946 char *name; /* subcommand name */
5947 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
5950 static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
5952 {"case", syn_cmd_case},
5953 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
5954 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
5955 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
5956 {"include", syn_cmd_include},
5957 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
5958 {"list", syn_cmd_list},
5959 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
5960 {"match", syn_cmd_match},
5961 {"on", syn_cmd_on},
5962 {"off", syn_cmd_off},
5963 {"region", syn_cmd_region},
5964 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
5965 {"spell", syn_cmd_spell},
5966 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
5967 {"", syn_cmd_list},
5968 {NULL, NULL}
5972 * ":syntax".
5973 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
5974 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
5976 void
5977 ex_syntax(eap)
5978 exarg_T *eap;
5980 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
5981 char_u *subcmd_end;
5982 char_u *subcmd_name;
5983 int i;
5985 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
5987 /* isolate subcommand name */
5988 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
5990 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
5991 if (subcmd_name != NULL)
5993 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
5994 ++emsg_skip;
5995 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
5997 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
5999 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
6000 break;
6002 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
6004 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
6005 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
6006 break;
6009 vim_free(subcmd_name);
6010 if (eap->skip)
6011 --emsg_skip;
6016 syntax_present(buf)
6017 buf_T *buf;
6019 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
6020 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
6021 || buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
6022 || buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
6025 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
6027 static enum
6029 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
6030 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
6031 } expand_what;
6034 * Reset include_link, include_default, include_none to 0.
6035 * Called when we are done expanding.
6037 void
6038 reset_expand_highlight()
6040 include_link = include_default = include_none = 0;
6044 * Handle command line completion for :match and :echohl command: Add "None"
6045 * as highlight group.
6047 void
6048 set_context_in_echohl_cmd(xp, arg)
6049 expand_T *xp;
6050 char_u *arg;
6052 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
6053 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
6054 include_none = 1;
6058 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
6060 void
6061 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
6062 expand_T *xp;
6063 char_u *arg;
6065 char_u *p;
6067 /* Default: expand subcommands */
6068 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
6069 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
6070 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
6071 include_link = 0;
6072 include_default = 0;
6074 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
6075 if (*arg != NUL)
6077 p = skiptowhite(arg);
6078 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
6080 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
6081 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
6082 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
6083 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
6084 expand_what = EXP_CASE;
6085 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
6086 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
6087 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
6088 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
6089 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
6090 else
6091 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
6096 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
6099 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
6100 * expansion.
6102 /*ARGSUSED*/
6103 char_u *
6104 get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
6105 expand_T *xp;
6106 int idx;
6108 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
6109 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
6110 return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
6113 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
6116 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
6119 syn_get_id(wp, lnum, col, trans, spellp, keep_state)
6120 win_T *wp;
6121 long lnum;
6122 colnr_T col;
6123 int trans; /* remove transparancy */
6124 int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */
6125 int keep_state; /* keep state of char at "col" */
6127 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
6128 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
6129 if (wp->w_buffer != syn_buf
6130 || lnum != current_lnum
6131 || col < current_col)
6132 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
6134 (void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp, keep_state);
6136 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
6139 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
6141 * Return the syntax ID at position "i" in the current stack.
6142 * The caller must have called syn_get_id() before to fill the stack.
6143 * Returns -1 when "i" is out of range.
6146 syn_get_stack_item(i)
6147 int i;
6149 if (i >= current_state.ga_len)
6151 /* Need to invalidate the state, because we didn't properly finish it
6152 * for the last character, "keep_state" was TRUE. */
6153 invalidate_current_state();
6154 current_col = MAXCOL;
6155 return -1;
6157 return CUR_STATE(i).si_id;
6159 #endif
6161 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
6163 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
6166 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
6167 win_T *wp;
6168 long lnum;
6170 int level = 0;
6171 int i;
6173 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
6174 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
6176 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
6178 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
6179 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
6180 ++level;
6182 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
6184 level = wp->w_p_fdn;
6185 if (level < 0)
6186 level = 0;
6188 return level;
6190 #endif
6192 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
6195 /**************************************
6196 * Highlighting stuff *
6197 **************************************/
6200 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
6201 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
6202 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
6203 * The #ifdefs are needed to reduce the amount of static data. Helps to make
6204 * the 16 bit DOS (museum) version compile.
6206 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6207 # define CENT(a, b) b
6208 #else
6209 # define CENT(a, b) a
6210 #endif
6211 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
6213 CENT("ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White",
6214 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White"),
6215 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
6216 CENT("IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6217 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6218 #endif
6219 CENT("ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold",
6220 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
6221 CENT("NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue",
6222 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue"),
6223 CENT("StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold",
6224 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold"),
6225 CENT("StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6226 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6227 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6228 CENT("VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6229 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6230 #endif
6231 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
6232 CENT("VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold",
6233 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold"),
6234 #endif
6235 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6236 CENT("DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red",
6237 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red"),
6238 #endif
6239 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6240 CENT("PmenuThumb cterm=reverse",
6241 "PmenuThumb cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6242 CENT("PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey",
6243 "PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey guibg=Grey"),
6244 #endif
6245 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6246 CENT("TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold",
6247 "TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
6248 CENT("TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6249 "TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6250 #endif
6251 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6252 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
6253 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
6254 #endif
6255 NULL
6258 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
6260 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6261 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
6262 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown",
6263 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown"),
6264 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen",
6265 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
6266 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen",
6267 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
6268 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE",
6269 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE"),
6270 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6271 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed",
6272 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
6273 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue",
6274 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
6275 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta",
6276 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
6277 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
6278 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl"),
6279 #endif
6280 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6281 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta",
6282 "Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
6283 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey",
6284 "PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey"),
6285 #endif
6286 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6287 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
6288 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta",
6289 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
6290 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed",
6291 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red"),
6292 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
6293 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
6294 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
6295 #endif
6296 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6297 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6298 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue"),
6299 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6300 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
6301 #endif
6302 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6303 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6304 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
6305 #endif
6306 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6307 CENT("Visual term=reverse",
6308 "Visual term=reverse guibg=LightGrey"),
6309 #endif
6310 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6311 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue",
6312 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue"),
6313 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta",
6314 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
6315 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan",
6316 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan"),
6317 #endif
6318 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6319 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey",
6320 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey gui=underline guibg=LightGrey"),
6321 #endif
6322 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6323 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey",
6324 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey90"),
6325 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
6326 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey90"),
6327 #endif
6328 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6329 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan",
6330 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan guibg=Cyan"),
6331 #endif
6332 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6333 "Normal gui=NONE",
6334 #endif
6335 NULL
6338 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
6340 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan",
6341 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan"),
6342 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow",
6343 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow"),
6344 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen",
6345 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
6346 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen",
6347 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green"),
6348 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
6349 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
6350 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue",
6351 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan"),
6352 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6353 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red",
6354 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
6355 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue",
6356 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
6357 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta",
6358 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
6359 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
6360 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl"),
6361 #endif
6362 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6363 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta",
6364 "Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta guibg=Magenta"),
6365 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey",
6366 "PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey"),
6367 #endif
6368 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta",
6369 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
6370 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed",
6371 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red"),
6372 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
6373 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
6374 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
6375 #endif
6376 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6377 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
6378 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan"),
6379 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
6380 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
6381 #endif
6382 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6383 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
6384 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
6385 #endif
6386 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6387 CENT("Visual term=reverse",
6388 "Visual term=reverse guibg=DarkGrey"),
6389 #endif
6390 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6391 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue",
6392 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue"),
6393 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta",
6394 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta"),
6395 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan",
6396 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan"),
6397 #endif
6398 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6399 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey",
6400 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey gui=underline guibg=DarkGrey"),
6401 #endif
6402 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6403 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey",
6404 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=Grey40"),
6405 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
6406 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey40"),
6407 #endif
6408 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6409 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan",
6410 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan guibg=DarkCyan"),
6411 #endif
6412 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6413 "Normal gui=NONE",
6414 #endif
6415 NULL
6418 void
6419 init_highlight(both, reset)
6420 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
6421 int reset; /* clear group first */
6423 int i;
6424 char **pp;
6425 static int had_both = FALSE;
6426 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6427 char_u *p;
6430 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
6431 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
6433 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
6434 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
6435 return;
6436 #endif
6439 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
6441 if (both)
6443 had_both = TRUE;
6444 pp = highlight_init_both;
6445 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
6446 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
6448 else if (!had_both)
6449 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
6450 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
6451 * everything anyway. */
6452 return;
6454 if (*p_bg == 'l')
6455 pp = highlight_init_light;
6456 else
6457 pp = highlight_init_dark;
6458 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
6459 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
6461 /* Reverse looks ugly, but grey may not work for 8 colors. Thus let it
6462 * depend on the number of colors available.
6463 * With 8 colors brown is equal to yellow, need to use black for Search fg
6464 * to avoid Statement highlighted text disappears.
6465 * Clear the attributes, needed when changing the t_Co value. */
6466 if (t_colors > 8)
6467 do_highlight((char_u *)(*p_bg == 'l'
6468 ? "Visual cterm=NONE ctermbg=LightGrey"
6469 : "Visual cterm=NONE ctermbg=DarkGrey"), FALSE, TRUE);
6470 else
6472 do_highlight((char_u *)"Visual cterm=reverse ctermbg=NONE",
6473 FALSE, TRUE);
6474 if (*p_bg == 'l')
6475 do_highlight((char_u *)"Search ctermfg=black", FALSE, TRUE);
6478 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6480 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
6482 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
6484 static int recursive = 0;
6486 if (recursive >= 5)
6487 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
6488 else
6490 ++recursive;
6491 (void)source_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
6492 --recursive;
6495 #endif
6499 * Load color file "name".
6500 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
6503 load_colors(name)
6504 char_u *name;
6506 char_u *buf;
6507 int retval = FAIL;
6508 static int recursive = FALSE;
6510 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
6511 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
6512 * working, thus we should return OK. */
6513 if (recursive)
6514 return OK;
6516 recursive = TRUE;
6517 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
6518 if (buf != NULL)
6520 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
6521 retval = source_runtime(buf, FALSE);
6522 vim_free(buf);
6523 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6524 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
6525 #endif
6527 recursive = FALSE;
6529 return retval;
6533 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
6534 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
6535 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
6537 void
6538 do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
6539 char_u *line;
6540 int forceit;
6541 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
6543 char_u *name_end;
6544 char_u *p;
6545 char_u *linep;
6546 char_u *key_start;
6547 char_u *arg_start;
6548 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
6549 long i;
6550 int off;
6551 int len;
6552 int attr;
6553 int id;
6554 int idx;
6555 int dodefault = FALSE;
6556 int doclear = FALSE;
6557 int dolink = FALSE;
6558 int error = FALSE;
6559 int color;
6560 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
6561 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
6562 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
6563 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
6564 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
6565 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
6566 #else
6567 # define is_menu_group 0
6568 # define is_tooltip_group 0
6569 #endif
6572 * If no argument, list current highlighting.
6574 if (ends_excmd(*line))
6576 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
6577 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
6578 highlight_list_one((int)i);
6579 return;
6583 * Isolate the name.
6585 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
6586 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
6589 * Check for "default" argument.
6591 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
6593 dodefault = TRUE;
6594 line = linep;
6595 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
6596 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
6600 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
6602 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
6603 doclear = TRUE;
6604 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
6605 dolink = TRUE;
6608 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
6610 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
6612 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
6613 if (id == 0)
6614 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
6615 else
6616 highlight_list_one(id);
6617 return;
6621 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
6623 if (dolink)
6625 char_u *from_start = linep;
6626 char_u *from_end;
6627 char_u *to_start;
6628 char_u *to_end;
6629 int from_id;
6630 int to_id;
6632 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
6633 to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
6634 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
6636 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
6638 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
6639 from_start);
6640 return;
6643 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
6645 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
6646 return;
6649 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
6650 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
6651 to_id = 0;
6652 else
6653 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
6655 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
6658 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
6659 * for the group, unless '!' is used
6661 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
6662 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
6664 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
6665 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
6667 else
6669 if (!init)
6670 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
6671 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
6672 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6673 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
6674 #endif
6675 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID);
6679 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
6680 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
6682 return;
6685 if (doclear)
6688 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
6690 line = linep;
6691 if (ends_excmd(*line))
6693 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6694 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
6695 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
6696 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
6697 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
6698 * invalid because they were free'd.
6700 if (gui.in_use)
6702 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
6703 gui_init_tooltip_font();
6704 # endif
6705 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
6706 gui_init_menu_font();
6707 # endif
6709 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) \
6710 || defined(FEAT_GUI_MACVIM)
6711 gui_mch_def_colors();
6712 # endif
6713 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
6714 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
6716 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
6717 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
6719 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
6720 # endif
6721 if (gui.in_use)
6723 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
6724 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
6725 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
6726 # endif
6727 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
6728 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
6729 # endif
6731 # endif
6733 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
6734 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
6735 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
6737 #endif
6738 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6739 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
6740 #endif
6741 restore_cterm_colors();
6744 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
6746 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
6747 highlight_clear(idx);
6748 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
6749 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6750 if (gui.in_use)
6751 highlight_gui_started();
6752 #endif
6753 highlight_changed();
6754 redraw_later_clear();
6755 return;
6757 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
6758 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
6762 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
6764 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
6765 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
6766 return;
6767 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
6769 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
6770 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
6771 return;
6773 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
6774 is_normal_group = TRUE;
6775 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
6776 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
6777 is_menu_group = TRUE;
6778 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
6779 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
6780 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
6781 is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
6782 #endif
6784 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
6785 if (doclear || (forceit && init))
6787 highlight_clear(idx);
6788 if (!doclear)
6789 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
6792 if (!doclear)
6793 while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
6795 key_start = linep;
6796 if (*linep == '=')
6798 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
6799 error = TRUE;
6800 break;
6804 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
6805 * "guibg").
6807 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
6808 ++linep;
6809 vim_free(key);
6810 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
6811 if (key == NULL)
6813 error = TRUE;
6814 break;
6816 linep = skipwhite(linep);
6818 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
6820 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
6822 if (!init)
6823 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
6824 highlight_clear(idx);
6826 continue;
6830 * Check for the equal sign.
6832 if (*linep != '=')
6834 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
6835 error = TRUE;
6836 break;
6838 ++linep;
6841 * Isolate the argument.
6843 linep = skipwhite(linep);
6844 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
6846 arg_start = ++linep;
6847 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
6848 if (linep == NULL)
6850 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
6851 error = TRUE;
6852 break;
6855 else
6857 arg_start = linep;
6858 linep = skiptowhite(linep);
6860 if (linep == arg_start)
6862 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
6863 error = TRUE;
6864 break;
6866 vim_free(arg);
6867 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
6868 if (arg == NULL)
6870 error = TRUE;
6871 break;
6873 if (*linep == '\'')
6874 ++linep;
6877 * Store the argument.
6879 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
6880 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
6881 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
6883 attr = 0;
6884 off = 0;
6885 while (arg[off] != NUL)
6887 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
6889 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
6890 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
6892 attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
6893 off += len;
6894 break;
6897 if (i < 0)
6899 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
6900 error = TRUE;
6901 break;
6903 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
6904 ++off;
6906 if (error)
6907 break;
6908 if (*key == 'T')
6910 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
6912 if (!init)
6913 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
6914 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
6917 else if (*key == 'C')
6919 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
6921 if (!init)
6922 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
6923 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
6924 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
6927 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6928 else
6930 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
6932 if (!init)
6933 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
6934 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
6937 #endif
6939 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
6941 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
6942 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6943 if (!gui.shell_created)
6945 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
6946 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
6947 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
6949 else
6951 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
6952 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
6953 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
6954 # endif
6955 /* First, save the current font/fontset.
6956 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
6957 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
6958 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
6961 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
6962 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
6963 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
6964 # endif
6965 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
6966 is_tooltip_group);
6968 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
6969 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
6971 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
6972 * one.
6974 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
6975 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
6976 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
6978 else
6979 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
6980 # endif
6981 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
6983 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
6984 * one.
6986 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
6987 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
6988 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
6990 else
6991 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
6993 #endif
6995 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
6997 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
6999 if (!init)
7000 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
7002 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
7003 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
7004 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
7006 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
7007 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
7010 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
7011 color = atoi((char *)arg);
7012 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
7014 if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
7015 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
7016 else
7018 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
7019 error = TRUE;
7020 break;
7023 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
7025 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
7026 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
7027 else
7029 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
7030 error = TRUE;
7031 break;
7034 else
7036 static char *(color_names[28]) = {
7037 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
7038 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
7039 "Gray", "Grey",
7040 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
7041 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
7042 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
7043 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
7044 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
7045 4, 5, 6, 6,
7046 7, 7,
7047 7, 7, 8, 8,
7048 9, 9, 10, 10,
7049 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
7050 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
7051 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */
7052 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
7053 1, 5, 32, 72,
7054 84, 84,
7055 7, 7, 82, 82,
7056 12, 43, 10, 61,
7057 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
7058 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
7059 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */
7060 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
7061 1, 5, 130, 130,
7062 248, 248,
7063 7, 7, 242, 242,
7064 12, 81, 10, 121,
7065 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
7066 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
7067 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
7068 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
7069 1, 5, 3, 3,
7070 7, 7,
7071 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
7072 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
7073 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
7074 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
7075 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
7076 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
7077 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
7078 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
7079 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
7080 #endif
7082 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
7083 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
7084 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
7085 if (off == color_names[i][0]
7086 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
7087 break;
7088 if (i < 0)
7090 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
7091 error = TRUE;
7092 break;
7095 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
7096 color = color_numbers_16[i];
7097 if (color >= 0)
7099 if (t_colors == 8)
7101 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
7102 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
7103 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
7104 #else
7105 color = color_numbers_8[i];
7106 #endif
7107 if (key[5] == 'F')
7109 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
7110 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
7111 if (color & 8)
7113 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
7114 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
7116 else
7117 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
7119 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
7121 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
7122 || t_colors == 256)
7125 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
7126 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
7127 * order for colors.
7129 if (*T_CAF != NUL)
7130 p = T_CAF;
7131 else
7132 p = T_CSF;
7133 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
7134 switch (t_colors)
7136 case 16:
7137 color = color_numbers_8[i];
7138 break;
7139 case 88:
7140 color = color_numbers_88[i];
7141 break;
7142 case 256:
7143 color = color_numbers_256[i];
7144 break;
7149 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
7150 if (key[5] == 'F')
7152 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
7153 if (is_normal_group)
7155 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
7156 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
7157 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7158 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
7159 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
7160 #endif
7162 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7163 if (termcap_active)
7164 term_fg_color(color);
7168 else
7170 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
7171 if (is_normal_group)
7173 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
7174 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7175 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
7176 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
7177 #endif
7179 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7180 if (termcap_active)
7181 term_bg_color(color);
7182 if (t_colors < 16)
7183 i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
7184 else
7185 i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
7186 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
7187 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
7188 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
7189 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
7195 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
7197 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
7198 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
7200 if (!init)
7201 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
7203 i = color_name2handle(arg);
7204 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
7206 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
7207 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
7208 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
7209 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
7210 else
7211 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
7212 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7213 if (is_menu_group)
7214 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
7215 if (is_scrollbar_group)
7216 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
7217 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7218 if (is_tooltip_group)
7219 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
7220 # endif
7221 do_colors = TRUE;
7222 # endif
7225 #endif
7227 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
7229 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
7230 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
7232 if (!init)
7233 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
7235 i = color_name2handle(arg);
7236 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
7238 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
7239 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
7240 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
7241 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
7242 else
7243 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
7244 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7245 if (is_menu_group)
7246 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
7247 if (is_scrollbar_group)
7248 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
7249 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7250 if (is_tooltip_group)
7251 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
7252 # endif
7253 do_colors = TRUE;
7254 # endif
7257 #endif
7259 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0)
7261 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */
7262 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
7264 if (!init)
7265 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
7267 i = color_name2handle(arg);
7268 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
7270 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i;
7271 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
7272 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
7273 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg);
7274 else
7275 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
7278 #endif
7280 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
7282 char_u buf[100];
7283 char_u *tname;
7285 if (!init)
7286 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
7289 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
7290 * sequence, or a comma separated list of terminal codes.
7292 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
7294 off = 0;
7295 buf[0] = 0;
7296 while (arg[off] != NUL)
7298 /* Isolate one termcap name */
7299 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
7300 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
7302 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
7303 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
7305 error = TRUE;
7306 break;
7308 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
7309 p = get_term_code(tname);
7310 vim_free(tname);
7311 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
7312 p = (char_u *)"";
7314 /* Append it to the already found stuff */
7315 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
7317 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
7318 error = TRUE;
7319 break;
7321 STRCAT(buf, p);
7323 /* Advance to the next item */
7324 off += len;
7325 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
7326 ++off;
7329 else
7332 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
7334 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
7336 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
7337 if (len) /* recognized special char */
7338 off += len;
7339 else /* copy as normal char */
7340 buf[off++] = *p++;
7342 buf[off] = NUL;
7344 if (error)
7345 break;
7347 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
7348 p = NULL;
7349 else
7350 p = vim_strsave(buf);
7351 if (key[2] == 'A')
7353 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
7354 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
7356 else
7358 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
7359 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
7362 else
7364 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
7365 error = TRUE;
7366 break;
7370 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
7372 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
7373 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
7376 * Continue with next argument.
7378 linep = skipwhite(linep);
7382 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
7384 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
7385 syn_unadd_group();
7386 else
7388 if (is_normal_group)
7390 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
7391 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
7392 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7393 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
7395 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
7396 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
7398 if (gui.in_use)
7399 highlight_gui_started();
7400 #endif
7402 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7403 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
7404 else if (is_menu_group)
7406 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
7407 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
7409 # endif
7410 else if (is_scrollbar_group)
7412 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
7413 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
7415 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7416 else if (is_tooltip_group)
7418 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
7419 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
7421 # endif
7422 #endif
7423 else
7424 set_hl_attr(idx);
7425 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7426 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
7427 #endif
7428 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
7430 vim_free(key);
7431 vim_free(arg);
7433 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
7434 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
7437 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
7438 void
7439 free_highlight()
7441 int i;
7443 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
7445 highlight_clear(i);
7446 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name);
7447 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u);
7449 ga_clear(&highlight_ga);
7451 #endif
7454 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
7455 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
7457 void
7458 restore_cterm_colors()
7460 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
7461 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
7462 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
7463 * background/foreground colors. */
7464 mch_set_normal_colors();
7465 #else
7466 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
7467 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
7468 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
7469 #endif
7473 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
7474 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
7476 static int
7477 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
7478 int idx;
7479 int check_link;
7481 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
7482 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
7483 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7484 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
7485 #endif
7486 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
7490 * Clear highlighting for one group.
7492 static void
7493 highlight_clear(idx)
7494 int idx;
7496 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
7497 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
7498 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
7499 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
7500 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
7501 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
7502 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
7503 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
7504 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
7505 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
7506 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
7507 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
7508 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
7509 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
7510 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
7511 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
7512 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
7513 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
7514 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
7515 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
7516 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
7517 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
7518 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
7519 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
7520 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7521 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
7522 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
7523 # endif
7524 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
7525 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
7526 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
7527 #endif
7528 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7529 /* Clear the script ID only when there is no link, since that is not
7530 * cleared. */
7531 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link == 0)
7532 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = 0;
7533 #endif
7536 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
7538 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
7539 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
7540 * "Tooltip" colors.
7542 void
7543 set_normal_colors()
7545 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
7546 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel,
7547 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE))
7549 gui_mch_new_colors();
7550 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7552 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7553 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
7554 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel,
7555 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE))
7557 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
7558 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
7559 # endif
7560 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7562 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7563 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
7564 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
7565 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
7567 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
7568 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
7569 # endif
7570 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7572 #endif
7573 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
7574 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel,
7575 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE))
7577 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
7578 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7580 #endif
7584 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
7586 static int
7587 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
7588 char_u *name;
7589 guicolor_T *fgp;
7590 guicolor_T *bgp;
7591 int do_menu;
7592 int use_norm;
7593 int do_tooltip;
7595 int idx;
7597 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
7598 if (idx >= 0)
7600 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
7602 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
7603 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
7604 else if (use_norm)
7605 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
7606 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
7607 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
7608 else if (use_norm)
7609 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
7610 return TRUE;
7612 return FALSE;
7616 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
7617 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
7619 char_u *
7620 hl_get_font_name()
7622 int id;
7623 char_u *s;
7625 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7626 if (id > 0)
7628 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
7629 if (s != NULL)
7630 return s;
7632 return (char_u *)"";
7636 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
7637 * actually chosen to be used.
7639 void
7640 hl_set_font_name(font_name)
7641 char_u *font_name;
7643 int id;
7645 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7646 if (id > 0)
7648 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
7649 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
7654 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
7655 * when the color is known.
7657 void
7658 hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
7659 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
7661 int id;
7663 if (name != NULL)
7665 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7666 if (id > 0)
7668 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
7669 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
7675 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
7676 * when the color is known.
7678 void
7679 hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
7680 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
7682 int id;
7684 if (name != NULL)
7686 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7687 if (id > 0)
7689 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
7690 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
7696 * Return the handle for a color name.
7697 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
7699 static guicolor_T
7700 color_name2handle(name)
7701 char_u *name;
7703 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
7704 return INVALCOLOR;
7706 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
7707 return gui.norm_pixel;
7708 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
7709 return gui.back_pixel;
7711 return gui_get_color(name);
7715 * Return the handle for a font name.
7716 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
7718 static GuiFont
7719 font_name2handle(name)
7720 char_u *name;
7722 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
7723 return NOFONT;
7725 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
7728 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7730 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
7731 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
7733 static GuiFontset
7734 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
7735 char_u *name;
7736 int fixed_width;
7738 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
7739 return NOFONTSET;
7741 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
7743 # endif
7746 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
7748 /*ARGSUSED*/
7749 static void
7750 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
7751 int idx;
7752 char_u *arg;
7753 int do_normal; /* set normal font */
7754 int do_menu; /* set menu font */
7755 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */
7757 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7758 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
7759 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
7760 if (*p_guifontset != NUL
7761 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7762 || do_menu
7763 # endif
7764 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
7765 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
7766 || do_tooltip
7767 # endif
7769 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
7770 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7771 || do_menu
7772 # endif
7773 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
7774 || do_tooltip
7775 # endif
7777 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
7779 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
7780 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
7781 if (do_normal)
7782 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
7783 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
7784 if (do_menu)
7786 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7787 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
7788 # else
7789 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
7790 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
7791 # endif
7792 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
7794 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7795 if (do_tooltip)
7797 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
7798 * displaying a single font and a fontset.
7799 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
7800 * creation, then a fontset is always used, otherwise an
7801 * XFontStruct is used.
7803 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
7804 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
7806 # endif
7807 # endif
7809 else
7810 # endif
7812 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
7813 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
7814 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
7815 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
7817 if (do_normal)
7818 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
7819 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7820 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
7821 if (do_menu)
7823 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
7824 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
7826 # endif
7827 #endif
7832 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
7835 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
7836 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
7837 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
7839 static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
7841 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
7843 static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
7845 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
7847 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7848 static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
7850 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
7851 #endif
7854 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
7855 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
7856 * if the combination is new.
7857 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
7859 static int
7860 get_attr_entry(table, aep)
7861 garray_T *table;
7862 attrentry_T *aep;
7864 int i;
7865 attrentry_T *taep;
7866 static int recursive = FALSE;
7869 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
7871 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
7872 table->ga_growsize = 7;
7875 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
7877 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
7879 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
7880 if ( aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr
7881 && (
7882 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7883 (table == &gui_attr_table
7884 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color
7885 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
7886 == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
7887 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
7888 == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
7889 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font
7890 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7891 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset
7892 # endif
7895 #endif
7896 (table == &term_attr_table
7897 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
7898 == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
7899 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
7900 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
7901 taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
7902 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
7903 == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
7904 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
7905 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
7906 taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
7907 || (table == &cterm_attr_table
7908 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
7909 == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
7910 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color
7911 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
7914 return i + ATTR_OFF;
7917 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR)
7920 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
7921 * compute new ones for all groups.
7922 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
7924 if (recursive)
7926 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
7927 return 0;
7929 recursive = TRUE;
7931 clear_hl_tables();
7933 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7935 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
7936 set_hl_attr(i);
7938 recursive = FALSE;
7942 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
7944 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
7945 return 0;
7947 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
7948 vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
7949 taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
7950 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7951 if (table == &gui_attr_table)
7953 taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
7954 taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
7955 taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
7956 taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
7957 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7958 taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
7959 # endif
7961 #endif
7962 if (table == &term_attr_table)
7964 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
7965 taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
7966 else
7967 taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
7968 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
7969 taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
7970 else
7971 taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
7973 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
7975 taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
7976 taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
7978 ++table->ga_len;
7979 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
7983 * Clear all highlight tables.
7985 void
7986 clear_hl_tables()
7988 int i;
7989 attrentry_T *taep;
7991 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7992 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
7993 #endif
7994 for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i)
7996 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]);
7997 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start);
7998 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop);
8000 ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
8001 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
8004 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
8006 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes
8007 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting).
8008 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr".
8009 * This creates a new group when required.
8010 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the
8011 * result.
8012 * Return the resulting attributes.
8015 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr)
8016 int char_attr;
8017 int prim_attr;
8019 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL;
8020 attrentry_T *spell_aep;
8021 attrentry_T new_en;
8023 if (char_attr == 0)
8024 return prim_attr;
8025 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8026 return char_attr | prim_attr;
8027 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8028 if (gui.in_use)
8030 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
8031 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr);
8032 if (char_aep != NULL)
8033 new_en = *char_aep;
8034 else
8036 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
8037 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = INVALCOLOR;
8038 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = INVALCOLOR;
8039 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = INVALCOLOR;
8040 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
8041 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
8044 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8045 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
8046 else
8048 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr);
8049 if (spell_aep != NULL)
8051 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
8052 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR)
8053 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
8054 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR)
8055 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
8056 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR)
8057 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
8058 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT)
8059 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font;
8060 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
8061 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
8062 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
8063 # endif
8066 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en);
8068 #endif
8070 if (t_colors > 1)
8072 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
8073 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr);
8074 if (char_aep != NULL)
8075 new_en = *char_aep;
8076 else
8078 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
8079 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
8080 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
8083 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8084 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
8085 else
8087 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr);
8088 if (spell_aep != NULL)
8090 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
8091 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0)
8092 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
8093 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0)
8094 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
8097 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en);
8100 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
8101 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr);
8102 if (char_aep != NULL)
8103 new_en = *char_aep;
8104 else
8106 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
8107 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
8108 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
8111 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8112 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
8113 else
8115 spell_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(prim_attr);
8116 if (spell_aep != NULL)
8118 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
8119 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
8121 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start;
8122 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop;
8126 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en);
8128 #endif
8130 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8132 attrentry_T *
8133 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
8134 int attr;
8136 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
8137 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
8138 return NULL;
8139 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
8141 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
8144 * Get the highlight attributes (HL_BOLD etc.) from an attribute nr.
8145 * Only to be used when "attr" > HL_ALL.
8148 syn_attr2attr(attr)
8149 int attr;
8151 attrentry_T *aep;
8153 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8154 if (gui.in_use)
8155 aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(attr);
8156 else
8157 #endif
8158 if (t_colors > 1)
8159 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
8160 else
8161 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
8163 if (aep == NULL) /* highlighting not set */
8164 return 0;
8165 return aep->ae_attr;
8169 attrentry_T *
8170 syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
8171 int attr;
8173 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
8174 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
8175 return NULL;
8176 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
8179 attrentry_T *
8180 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
8181 int attr;
8183 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
8184 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
8185 return NULL;
8186 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
8189 #define LIST_ATTR 1
8190 #define LIST_STRING 2
8191 #define LIST_INT 3
8193 static void
8194 highlight_list_one(id)
8195 int id;
8197 struct hl_group *sgp;
8198 int didh = FALSE;
8200 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8202 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
8203 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
8204 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8205 0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
8206 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8207 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
8209 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
8210 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
8211 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
8212 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
8213 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
8214 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
8216 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8217 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
8218 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
8219 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8220 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
8221 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8222 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
8223 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8224 0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp");
8225 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8226 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
8227 #endif
8229 if (sgp->sg_link && !got_int)
8231 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
8232 didh = TRUE;
8233 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
8234 msg_putchar(' ');
8235 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
8238 if (!didh)
8239 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 0, (char_u *)"cleared", "");
8240 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8241 if (p_verbose > 0)
8242 last_set_msg(sgp->sg_scriptID);
8243 #endif
8246 static int
8247 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
8248 int id;
8249 int didh;
8250 int type;
8251 int iarg;
8252 char_u *sarg;
8253 char *name;
8255 char_u buf[100];
8256 char_u *ts;
8257 int i;
8259 if (got_int)
8260 return FALSE;
8261 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
8263 ts = buf;
8264 if (type == LIST_INT)
8265 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
8266 else if (type == LIST_STRING)
8267 ts = sarg;
8268 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
8270 buf[0] = NUL;
8271 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
8273 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
8275 if (buf[0] != NUL)
8276 STRCAT(buf, ",");
8277 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
8278 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
8283 (void)syn_list_header(didh,
8284 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
8285 didh = TRUE;
8286 if (!got_int)
8288 if (*name != NUL)
8290 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
8291 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
8293 msg_outtrans(ts);
8296 return didh;
8299 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
8301 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
8302 * Return NULL otherwise.
8304 char_u *
8305 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
8306 int id;
8307 int flag;
8308 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
8310 int attr;
8312 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8313 return NULL;
8315 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8316 if (modec == 'g')
8317 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
8318 else
8319 #endif
8320 if (modec == 'c')
8321 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
8322 else
8323 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
8325 if (attr & flag)
8326 return (char_u *)"1";
8327 return NULL;
8329 #endif
8331 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
8333 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
8335 char_u *
8336 highlight_color(id, what, modec)
8337 int id;
8338 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */
8339 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
8341 static char_u name[20];
8342 int n;
8343 int fg = FALSE;
8344 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8345 int sp = FALSE;
8346 # endif
8348 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8349 return NULL;
8351 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
8352 fg = TRUE;
8353 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8354 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's')
8355 sp = TRUE;
8356 if (modec == 'g')
8358 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
8359 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
8361 guicolor_T color;
8362 long_u rgb;
8363 static char_u buf[10];
8365 if (fg)
8366 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
8367 else if (sp)
8368 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
8369 else
8370 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
8371 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
8372 return NULL;
8373 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
8374 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
8375 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
8376 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
8377 (unsigned)rgb & 255);
8378 return buf;
8380 if (fg)
8381 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
8382 if (sp)
8383 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name);
8384 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
8386 # endif
8387 if (modec == 'c')
8389 if (fg)
8390 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
8391 else
8392 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
8393 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
8394 return name;
8396 /* term doesn't have color */
8397 return NULL;
8399 #endif
8401 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
8402 || defined(PROTO)
8404 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
8406 long_u
8407 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
8408 int id;
8409 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
8411 guicolor_T color;
8413 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8414 return 0L;
8416 if (fg)
8417 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
8418 else
8419 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
8421 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
8422 return 0L;
8424 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
8426 #endif
8429 * Output the syntax list header.
8430 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
8432 static int
8433 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
8434 int did_header; /* did header already */
8435 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
8436 int id; /* highlight group id */
8438 int endcol = 19;
8439 int newline = TRUE;
8441 if (!did_header)
8443 msg_putchar('\n');
8444 if (got_int)
8445 return TRUE;
8446 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
8447 endcol = 15;
8449 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
8451 msg_putchar('\n');
8452 if (got_int)
8453 return TRUE;
8455 else
8457 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
8458 newline = FALSE;
8461 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
8462 endcol = msg_col + 1;
8463 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
8464 endcol = Columns - 1;
8466 msg_advance(endcol);
8468 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
8469 if (!did_header)
8471 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
8472 msg_putchar(' ');
8475 return newline;
8479 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
8480 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
8482 static void
8483 set_hl_attr(idx)
8484 int idx; /* index in array */
8486 attrentry_T at_en;
8487 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
8489 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
8490 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
8491 return;
8493 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8495 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
8496 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
8498 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
8499 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
8500 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR
8501 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
8502 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
8503 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
8504 # endif
8507 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
8509 else
8511 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
8512 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
8513 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
8514 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp;
8515 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
8516 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
8517 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
8518 # endif
8519 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
8521 #endif
8523 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
8524 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
8526 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
8527 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
8528 else
8530 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
8531 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
8532 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
8533 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
8537 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
8538 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
8540 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
8541 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
8542 else
8544 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
8545 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
8546 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
8547 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
8552 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
8553 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
8556 syn_name2id(name)
8557 char_u *name;
8559 int i;
8560 char_u name_u[200];
8562 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
8563 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
8564 * don't deserve to be found! */
8565 vim_strncpy(name_u, name, 199);
8566 vim_strup(name_u);
8567 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
8568 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
8569 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
8570 break;
8571 return i + 1;
8574 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8576 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
8579 highlight_exists(name)
8580 char_u *name;
8582 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
8585 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
8587 * Return the name of highlight group "id".
8588 * When not a valid ID return an empty string.
8590 char_u *
8591 syn_id2name(id)
8592 int id;
8594 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8595 return (char_u *)"";
8596 return HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name;
8598 # endif
8599 #endif
8602 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
8605 syn_namen2id(linep, len)
8606 char_u *linep;
8607 int len;
8609 char_u *name;
8610 int id = 0;
8612 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
8613 if (name != NULL)
8615 id = syn_name2id(name);
8616 vim_free(name);
8618 return id;
8622 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
8623 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
8624 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
8625 * Return 0 for failure.
8628 syn_check_group(pp, len)
8629 char_u *pp;
8630 int len;
8632 int id;
8633 char_u *name;
8635 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
8636 if (name == NULL)
8637 return 0;
8639 id = syn_name2id(name);
8640 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
8641 id = syn_add_group(name);
8642 else
8643 vim_free(name);
8644 return id;
8648 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
8649 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
8650 * Return 0 for failure.
8652 static int
8653 syn_add_group(name)
8654 char_u *name;
8656 char_u *p;
8658 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
8659 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
8661 if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
8663 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
8664 return 0;
8666 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
8668 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
8669 * give a warning. */
8670 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
8671 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
8672 break;
8677 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
8679 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
8681 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
8682 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
8686 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
8688 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
8690 vim_free(name);
8691 return 0;
8694 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
8695 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
8696 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
8697 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8698 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
8699 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
8700 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
8701 #endif
8702 ++highlight_ga.ga_len;
8704 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
8708 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
8709 * function deletes the new name.
8711 static void
8712 syn_unadd_group()
8714 --highlight_ga.ga_len;
8715 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
8716 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
8720 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
8723 syn_id2attr(hl_id)
8724 int hl_id;
8726 int attr;
8727 struct hl_group *sgp;
8729 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
8730 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8732 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8734 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
8736 if (gui.in_use)
8737 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
8738 else
8739 #endif
8740 if (t_colors > 1)
8741 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
8742 else
8743 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
8745 return attr;
8748 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8750 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
8751 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
8754 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
8755 int hl_id;
8756 guicolor_T *fgp;
8757 guicolor_T *bgp;
8759 struct hl_group *sgp;
8761 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
8762 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8764 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
8765 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
8766 return sgp->sg_gui;
8768 #endif
8771 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
8774 syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
8775 int hl_id;
8777 int count;
8778 struct hl_group *sgp;
8780 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
8781 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
8784 * Follow links until there is no more.
8785 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
8787 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
8789 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8790 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8791 break;
8792 hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
8795 return hl_id;
8798 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8800 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
8801 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
8803 void
8804 highlight_gui_started()
8806 int idx;
8808 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
8809 set_normal_colors();
8811 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
8812 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
8814 highlight_changed();
8817 static void
8818 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
8819 int idx;
8820 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
8821 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
8823 int didit = FALSE;
8825 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
8827 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
8828 do_tooltip);
8829 didit = TRUE;
8831 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
8833 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
8834 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
8835 didit = TRUE;
8837 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
8839 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
8840 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
8841 didit = TRUE;
8843 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL)
8845 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp =
8846 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
8847 didit = TRUE;
8849 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
8850 set_hl_attr(idx);
8853 #endif
8856 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
8857 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
8858 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
8859 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
8860 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
8861 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
8864 highlight_changed()
8866 int hlf;
8867 int i;
8868 char_u *p;
8869 int attr;
8870 char_u *end;
8871 int id;
8872 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
8873 char_u userhl[10];
8874 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8875 int id_SNC = -1;
8876 int id_S = -1;
8877 int hlcnt;
8878 # endif
8879 #endif
8880 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
8882 need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
8885 * Clear all attributes.
8887 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
8888 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
8891 * First set all attributes to their default value.
8892 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
8894 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
8896 if (i)
8897 p = p_hl;
8898 else
8899 p = get_highlight_default();
8900 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
8901 continue;
8903 while (*p)
8905 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
8906 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
8907 break;
8908 ++p;
8909 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
8910 return FAIL;
8913 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
8914 * bold-underlined.
8916 attr = 0;
8917 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
8919 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
8920 continue;
8922 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
8923 return FAIL;
8925 switch (*p)
8927 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
8928 break;
8929 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
8930 break;
8931 case '-':
8932 case 'n': /* no highlighting */
8933 break;
8934 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
8935 break;
8936 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
8937 break;
8938 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
8939 break;
8940 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL;
8941 break;
8942 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
8943 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
8944 return FAIL;
8945 end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
8946 if (end == NULL)
8947 end = p + STRLEN(p);
8948 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
8949 if (id == 0)
8950 return FAIL;
8951 attr = syn_id2attr(id);
8952 p = end - 1;
8953 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
8954 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
8955 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
8956 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
8957 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
8958 #endif
8959 break;
8960 default: return FAIL;
8963 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
8965 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
8969 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
8970 /* Setup the user highlights
8972 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
8973 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
8975 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8976 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
8977 return FAIL;
8978 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
8979 if (id_S == 0)
8980 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
8981 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
8982 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
8983 id_S = hlcnt + 10;
8985 # endif
8986 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
8988 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
8989 id = syn_name2id(userhl);
8990 if (id == 0)
8992 highlight_user[i] = 0;
8993 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8994 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
8995 # endif
8997 else
8999 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9000 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
9001 # endif
9003 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
9004 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9005 if (id_SNC == 0)
9007 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
9008 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
9009 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
9010 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
9011 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
9012 # endif
9014 else
9015 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
9016 &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
9017 sizeof(struct hl_group));
9018 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
9020 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
9021 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
9022 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
9023 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
9024 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
9025 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
9026 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
9027 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
9028 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
9029 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
9030 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
9031 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
9032 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
9033 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
9034 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
9035 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
9036 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
9037 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
9038 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
9039 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
9040 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp)
9041 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
9042 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
9043 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
9044 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
9045 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
9046 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
9047 # endif
9048 # endif
9049 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
9050 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
9051 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
9052 # endif
9055 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9056 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
9057 # endif
9059 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
9061 return OK;
9064 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
9066 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
9067 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
9070 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
9072 void
9073 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
9074 expand_T *xp;
9075 char_u *arg;
9077 char_u *p;
9079 /* Default: expand group names */
9080 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
9081 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
9082 include_link = 2;
9083 include_default = 1;
9085 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
9086 if (*arg != NUL)
9088 p = skiptowhite(arg);
9089 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
9091 include_default = 0;
9092 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
9094 arg = skipwhite(p);
9095 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
9096 p = skiptowhite(arg);
9098 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
9100 include_link = 0;
9101 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
9102 highlight_list();
9103 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
9104 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
9106 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
9107 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
9108 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
9110 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
9111 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
9114 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
9115 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
9122 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
9124 static void
9125 highlight_list()
9127 int i;
9129 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
9130 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
9131 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
9132 highlight_list_two(99, 0);
9135 static void
9136 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
9137 int cnt;
9138 int attr;
9140 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
9141 msg_clr_eos();
9142 out_flush();
9143 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
9146 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
9148 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
9149 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
9151 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
9152 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
9154 /*ARGSUSED*/
9155 char_u *
9156 get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
9157 expand_T *xp;
9158 int idx;
9160 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
9161 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len && include_none != 0)
9162 return (char_u *)"none";
9163 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none && include_default != 0)
9164 return (char_u *)"default";
9165 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default
9166 && include_link != 0)
9167 return (char_u *)"link";
9168 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default + 1
9169 && include_link != 0)
9170 return (char_u *)"clear";
9171 #endif
9172 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
9173 return NULL;
9174 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
9176 #endif
9178 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
9180 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
9181 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
9183 void
9184 free_highlight_fonts()
9186 int idx;
9188 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
9190 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
9191 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
9192 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
9193 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
9194 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
9195 # endif
9198 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
9199 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
9200 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
9201 # endif
9202 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2
9203 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
9204 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
9205 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
9206 # endif
9208 #endif
9210 /**************************************
9211 * End of Highlighting stuff *
9212 **************************************/